Attached files

file filename
EX-23 - EX-23 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv23.htm
EX-21 - EX-21 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv21.htm
EX-32 - EX-32 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv32.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv31w2.htm
EX-99.1 - EX-99.1 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv99w1.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv31w1.htm
EX-99.2 - EX-99.2 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv99w2.htm
EX-10.6 - EX-10.6 - YADKIN FINANCIAL Corpg26413exv10w6.htm
Table of Contents

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
     
[ X ]
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010.
Commission File Number 0001366367
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
       
            North Carolina
(State or other jurisdiction of
      incorporation or organization)
                      20-4495993
         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
209 North Bridge Street
Elkin, North Carolina 28621-3404
(Address of principal executive offices)
(336) 526-6300
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:
     
               Title of each class               
Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 Per Share
  Exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
     Yes [   ]                      No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
     Yes [   ]                      No [ X ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
     Yes [ X ]                      No [   ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
     Yes [   ]                      No [   ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [   ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
         
 
  Large accelerated filer [   ]   Accelerated filer [ X ]
 
  Non-accelerated filer [   ] (Do not check if smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company [   ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
     Yes [   ]                      No [ X ]
The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was approximately $52 million based on the closing sale price of $3.38 per share on June 30, 2010. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, all directors and executive officers of the registrant have been deemed affiliates. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 28, 2011 was 16,277,640.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14.

 


 

Form 10-K Table of Contents
             
Index       PAGE  
 
           
           
 
           
  Business     2  
  Risk Factors     22  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     35  
  Properties     36  
  Legal Proceedings     37  
  Reserved        
 
           
           
 
           
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     38  
  Selected Financial Data     39  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     40  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     68  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     69  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     127  
  Controls and Procedures     127  
  Other Information     130  
 
           
           
 
           
  Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     130  
  Executive Compensation     130  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters     130  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence     130  
  Principal Accounting Fees and Service     130  
 
           
           
 
           
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules     131  
 EX-10.6
 EX-21
 EX-23
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32
 EX-99.1
 EX-99.2

 


Table of Contents

PART I
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
          This report, including information included or incorporated by reference in this document, contains statements which constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and which statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on many assumptions and estimates and are not guarantees of future performance. Forward looking statements are statements that include projections, predictions, expectations or beliefs about future events or results or otherwise are not statements of historical fact. Such statements are often characterized by the use of qualifying words (and their derivatives) such as “may,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue,” “assume,” “believe,” “intend,” “plan,” “forecast,” “goal,” “estimate,” or other statements concerning opinions or judgments of Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation, its subsidiary bank, and its management about future events. Factors that could influence the accuracy of such forward looking statements include, but are not limited to, the financial success or changing strategies of the Bank’s customers or vendors, actions of government regulators, the level of market interest rates, and general economic conditions.
          Potential risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described below under Item 1A- Risk Factors and the following:
   
reduced earnings due to higher credit losses generally and specifically because losses in the sectors of our loan portfolio secured by real estate are greater than expected due to economic factors, including declining real estate values, increasing interest rates, increasing unemployment, or changes in payment behavior or other factors;
 
   
reduced earnings due to higher credit losses because our loans are concentrated by loan type, industry segment, borrower type, or location of the borrower or collateral;
 
   
the rate of delinquencies and amount of loans charged-off;
 
   
the adequacy of the level of our allowance for loan losses;
 
   
the amount of our loan portfolio collateralized by real estate, and the weakness in the commercial real estate market;
 
   
our efforts to raise capital or otherwise increase our regulatory capital ratios;
 
   
the impact of our efforts to raise capital on our financial position, liquidity, capital, and profitability;
 
   
adverse changes in asset quality and resulting credit risk-related losses and expenses;
 
   
increased funding costs due to market illiquidity, increased competition for funding, and increased regulatory requirements with regard to funding;
 
   
significant increases in competitive pressure in the banking and financial services industries;
 
   
changes in the interest rate environment which could reduce anticipated or actual margins;
 
   
changes in political conditions or the legislative or regulatory environment, including the effect of the recent financial reform legislation on the banking and financial services industries;
 
   
general economic conditions, either nationally or regionally and especially in our primary service area, becoming less favorable than expected resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality;
 
   
changes occurring in business conditions and inflation;
 
   
changes in technology;
 
   
changes in monetary and tax policies, including confirmation of the income tax refund claims received by the Internal Revenue Service;
 
   
ability of borrowers to repay loans, which can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, natural disasters, which could be exacerbated by potential climate change, and international instability;
 
   
changes in deposit flows;
 
   
changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the Financial Accounting Standards Board;
 
   
risks associated with income taxes, including the potential for adverse adjustments and the inability to reverse valuation allowances on deferred tax assets;

1


Table of Contents

   
our ability to maintain internal control over financial reporting;
 
   
our reliance on secondary sources such as Federal Home Loan Bank advances, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Discount Window borrowings, sales of securities and loans, federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks and out-of-market time deposits, to meet its liquidity needs;
 
   
loss of consumer confidence and economic disruptions resulting from terrorist activities or other military actions;
 
   
our ability to attract and retain key personnel;
 
   
our ability to retain our existing customers, including our deposit relationships;
 
   
changes in the securities markets; and
 
   
other risks and uncertainties detailed from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
          These risks are exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets, and we are unable to predict what effect these uncertain market conditions will have on our Company. During 2008, 2009 and continuing into 2010, the capital and credit markets experienced unprecedented levels of extended volatility and disruption. There can be no assurance that these unprecedented recent developments will not continue to materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to raise capital or other funding for liquidity and business purposes.
          We have based our forward-looking statements on our current expectations about future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that these expectations will be achieved. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.
Item 1 - Business
     Corporate history and address. Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation (the “Company” or “Yadkin”) is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of North Carolina to serve as the holding company for Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”), a North Carolina chartered commercial bank with its deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to applicable limits. The Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Bank began operations in 1968. Effective July 1, 2006, the Bank was reorganized and the Bank became the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary.
     On July 31, 2002, the Bank acquired Main Street BankShares, Inc. and its subsidiary, Piedmont Bank, of Statesville, North Carolina and continues to operate the former Piedmont Bank offices in Iredell and Mecklenburg counties in North Carolina under the assumed name “Piedmont Bank, a division of Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company.” On January 1, 2004, the bank acquired High Country Financial Corporation, and its subsidiary, High Country Bank, of Boone, North Carolina and continues to operate the former High Country Bank offices in Watauga and Avery counties in North Carolina, under the assumed name “High Country Bank, a division of Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company.” On October 1, 2004, the Bank acquired Sidus Financial, LLC (“Sidus”), a mortgage lender that continues to operate as a wholly owned subsidiary. The Bank acquired Cardinal State Bank, of Durham, North Carolina (“Cardinal”) on March 31, 2008 and operates the former Cardinal State Bank offices in Durham, Granville and Orange Counties, North Carolina, under the assumed name “Cardinal State Bank, a division of Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company.” On April 16, 2009, the Company acquired American Community Bancshares, Inc., and its subsidiary, American Community Bank of Monroe, North Carolina (“American Community”) and continues to operate the former American Community offices in Union and Mecklenburg counties in North Carolina and York and Cherokee counties in South Carolina, under the assumed name “American Community Bank, a division of Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company.” We operate in the central piedmont, research triangle area and the northwestern region of North Carolina and the central piedmont area of South Carolina. Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “YAVY.”
     The American Community acquisition added approximately $529.4 million in tangible assets and $5.0 million in losses to the banking segment, after allocation of overhead costs, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

2


Table of Contents

     On November 1, 2007, the Company established a Delaware trust subsidiary, Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I (“the Trust”), which completed the sale of $25,000,000 of trust preferred securities. The Trust issued the trust preferred securities at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.32%. The trust preferred securities mature in 30 years, and can be called by the Trust without penalty after five years. Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I used the proceeds from the sale of the securities to purchase the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest notes due 2037 (the “Debenture”). The net proceeds from the offering were used by the Company in connection with the acquisition of Cardinal State Bank, and for general corporate purposes.
     The Debenture was issued pursuant to a Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debenture between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company dated November 1, 2007 (the “Indenture”), which has been previously filed with the SEC. The terms of the Debenture are substantially the same as the terms of the trust preferred securities. Interest payments by the Company will be used by the trust to pay the quarterly distributions to the holders of the trust preferred securities. The Indenture permits the Company to redeem the Debenture after five years.
     The terms of the trust preferred securities are governed by an Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, dated November 1, 2007, between the Company, as sponsor, Wilmington Trust Company, as institutional trustee, Wilmington Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, and the Administrators named therein, a copy of which has been previously filed with the SEC.
     Pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement dated November 1, 2007, between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, the Company has guaranteed the payment of distributions and payments on liquidation or redemption of the trust preferred securities. The obligations of the Company under the Guarantee Agreement, a copy of which has been filed with the SEC, are subordinate to all of the Company’s senior debt.
     In addition to the $25.0 million in trust preferred securities issued in 2007, the Company acquired $10.0 million in trust preferred securities in the American Community acquisition. The trust preferred securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a rate priced off the 90-day LIBOR plus 280 basis points. The fair market value adjustment associated with the trust preferred securities acquired in the American Community acquisition was $1.1 million at December 31, 2009.
     On January 16, 2009, pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), the Company entered into a Letter Agreement with Treasury dated January 16, 2009 pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Treasury (i) 36,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series T Preferred Stock”), and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 385,990 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, at an initial exercise price of $13.99 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $36,000,000 in cash. For a more detailed discussion of the transaction, see the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 20, 2009.
     On July 24, 2009, again pursuant to the CPP, the Company issued and sold to Treasury (i) 13,312 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T-ACB, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series T-ACB Preferred Stock”), and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 273,534 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, at an initial exercise price of $7.30 per share , for an aggregate purchase price of $13,312,000 in cash. The terms of the Series T-ACB Preferred Stock are the same as the Series T Preferred Stock issued to Treasury on January 16, 2009. For a more detailed discussion of the transaction, see the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 27, 2009.
     During 2009, the Bank established five North Carolina limited liability companies (LLCs), Green Street I, LLC, Green Street II, LLC, Green Street III, LLC, Green Street IV, LLC and Green Street V, LLC. The purpose of LLCs is to hold, maintain and sell real estate properties acquired by the Bank.
     The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 209 North Bridge Street, Elkin, North Carolina 28621-3404, and the telephone number is (336) 526-6300. Our periodic securities reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q and our current securities reports on Form 8-K are available on our website at www.yadkinvalleybank.com- under the heading “About Us – News & Press Releases.” The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

3


Table of Contents

     Business. The Bank’s operations are primarily retail oriented and directed toward individuals and small and medium-sized businesses located in our banking market and, to a lesser extent, areas surrounding our immediate banking market. We provide most traditional commercial and consumer banking services, but our principal activities are the taking of demand and time deposits and the making of consumer and commercial loans. The Bank’s primary source of revenue is the interest income derived from its lending activities.
     At December 31, 2010, the Company had total assets of $2,300.6 million, net loans held for investment of $1,562.8 million, deposits of $2,020.4 million, and shareholders’ equity of $147.5 million. The Company had a net loss to common shareholders of $3.2 million and diluted losses per share of $0.20 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company had a net loss to common shareholders of $77.5 million and net income of $3.9 million and diluted losses per share of $5.23 and diluted earnings per share of $0.34 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Assets and net loans acquired in the American Community acquisition in 2009 were $546.1 million and $416.3 million, respectively. For further information on the American Community acquisition, refer to Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. The decrease in net loss from 2009 to 2010 in the Bank segment was a direct result of the write-off of goodwill in the amount of $61.6 million in the prior year. In addition, provisions for loan losses also decreased $24.1 million. The Sidus segment contributed $2.5 million to net income in 2010 and $7.9 million in 2009. The Sidus segment decrease in net income is due primarily to a decrease in refinance activity. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for segment information for the past three years.
     Business Offices. Yadkin operates 38 full-service banking offices including 11 locations acquired in the American Community merger and is headquartered in Elkin, North Carolina. We operate the offices in Jefferson and West Jefferson (Ashe County), Wilkesboro and North Wilkesboro (Wilkes County), Elkin (Surry County), East Bend, Jonesville and Yadkinville (Yadkin County), and Pfafftown (Forsyth County) under the Yadkin name. The Bank has a loan production office in Wilmington, NC (New Hanover County) operating under the Yadkin name. The offices in Statesville and Mooresville (Iredell County), and Cornelius and Huntersville (Mecklenburg County) are operated under the Piedmont Bank assumed name. The offices in Boone (Watauga County) and Linville (Avery County) are operated under the High Country Bank assumed name. We operate three offices in Durham (Durham County) and one office in Hillsborough (Orange County) and one office in Creedmoor (Granville County) under the Cardinal State Bank assumed name. Offices in Monroe, Indian Trail and Marshville (Union County), Charlotte and Mint Hill (Mecklenburg County); as well as offices in Tega Cay, South Carolina (York County) and Gaffney and Blacksburg, South Carolina (Cherokee County) are operated under the American Community Bank assumed name.
     Banking Market. The Bank’s current banking market consists of the central piedmont counties (2009 population) of Mecklenburg (914,000), Union (199,000) and Iredell (158,000), the research triangle counties of Durham (270,000), Orange (129,000) and Granville (58,000) and the northwestern counties of Ashe (26,000), Avery (18,000), Forsyth (360,000), Surry (72,000), Watauga (45,000), Wilkes (67,000) and Yadkin (38,000) in North Carolina and the upstate counties of South Carolina of York (227,000) and Cherokee (55,000) counties, and to a lesser extent, the surrounding areas (the “Yadkin Market”). The Yadkin Market is located along Interstate 77 in the Charlotte metropolitan area, and west of the “Piedmont Triad” area of North Carolina to the northwestern border with Virginia and Tennessee. The acquisition of Cardinal State Bank added Orange, Granville and Durham Counties along Interstates 40 and 85 in the “Triangle” area of central North Carolina to our market area.
     Yadkin’s market area is well diversified and strong. The 15 counties in which our branches are located had an estimated 2009 population of almost 2.6 million people. Median family income in 2010 for these counties ranged from a low of $35,000 in mostly rural Wilkes County to a high of almost $62,000 in Union County. Over 99% of the work force is employed in nonagricultural wage and salary positions. The government employs approximately 9% of the work force. The major non-governmental employment sectors were retail trade (11%), health and social assistance (13%), manufacturing (12%), accommodation and food services (9%), construction services (6%) and administrative and waste services (7%). (Source-NC Dept of Commerce & US Census Bureau).
     Competition. Commercial banking in North Carolina and South Carolina is extremely competitive due to state laws that allow statewide branching. North Carolina is the home of one of the ten largest commercial banks in the United States, which has branches located in the Yadkin Market.

4


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes Yadkin’s share of the deposit market in each of the fifteen counties as of June 30, 2010.
                                                   
                                    Yadkin Valley  
                            Yadkin Valley     Bank % of  
    Total Number of     Yadkin Valley     Total Amount of     Bank Deposits     Market  
County   Branches     Bank Branches     Deposits (000’s)     (000’s)     Deposits  
North Carolina:
                                       
Ashe
    13       3       $ 553,142       $ 169,078       31 %
Avery
    9       1       251,534       17,802       7 %
Durham
    70       4       4,967,151       198,084       4 %
Forsyth
    103       1       13,230,606       50,247       <1 %
Granville
    11       1       538,587       23,927       4 %
Iredell
    58       6       2,183,062       275,375       13 %
Mecklenburg
    239       6       81,519,486       262,095       <1 %
Surry
    29       2       1,326,573       208,021       16 %
Union
    42       5       1,542,608       188,558       12 %
Watauga
    21       4       1,115,899       145,295       13 %
Wilkes
    21       2       776,292       117,618       15 %
Yadkin
    11       3       478,669       185,392       39 %
 
                                       
South Carolina:
                                       
Cherokee
    14       3       484,788       90,530       19 %
York
    56       1       2,047,792       23,862       1 %
     Many of these competing banks have capital resources and legal lending limits substantially in excess of those available to us. Thus we have significant competition in our market for deposits from other depository institutions.
     The Bank also competes for deposits in the Yadkin Market with other financial institutions such as credit unions, consumer finance companies, insurance companies, brokerage companies, agencies issuing United States government securities and other financial institutions with varying degrees of regulatory restrictions. In its lending activities, Yadkin competes with all other financial institutions as well as consumer finance companies, mortgage companies and other lenders. Credit unions have been permitted to expand their membership criteria and expand their loan services to include such traditional bank services as commercial lending. We expect competition in the Yadkin Market to continue to be significant.
     We believe we have sufficient capital to support our operations for the foreseeable future. We may at some point; however, need to raise additional capital. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance. We intend to continue to serve the financial needs of consumers and small-to-medium size businesses located primarily in the Yadkin Market. Our lending efforts will be focused on making quality consumer loans, commercial loans to small to medium sized businesses, and home equity loans. While our deposits and loans are derived primarily from customers in our banking market, we make loans and have deposit relationships with individual and business customers in areas surrounding our immediate banking market. We offer a full range of deposit products to include checking and savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. We rely on offering competitive interest rates and unmatched customer service to accomplish our deposit objectives.
     The Bank strives to offer its products and services in the manner that meets its customers’ expectations. For those customers who prefer to do their banking in a hands-on, face-to-face manner, the Bank offers exceptional personal service. Customers who want to do their banking when and where they choose are able to utilize the automated teller machines, credit and debit card programs, and a full range of internet-based banking options.
          Supervision and Regulation. Banking is a complex, highly regulated industry. The primary goals of banking regulations are to maintain a safe and sound banking system and to facilitate the conduct of sound monetary policy. In furtherance of these goals, Congress and the North Carolina General Assembly have created largely autonomous regulatory agencies and enacted numerous laws that govern banks, their holding companies and the banking industry. The descriptions of and references to the statutes and regulations below are brief summaries and do not purport to be complete. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the specific statutes and regulations discussed.

5


Table of Contents

          Recent Regulatory Developments. The following is a summary of recently enacted laws and regulations that could materially impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the remainder of the “Supervision and Regulation” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
          Markets in the United States and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and disruption over the past three years. These circumstances have exerted significant downward pressure on prices of equity securities and virtually all other asset classes, and have resulted in substantially increased market volatility, severely constrained credit and capital markets, particularly for financial institutions, and an overall loss of investor confidence. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. Dramatic slowdowns in the housing industry, due in part to falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, have created strains on financial institutions. Many borrowers are now unable to repay their loans, and the collateral securing these loans has, in some cases, declined below the loan balance. In response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, several regulatory and governmental actions have been announced including:
   
The EESA, approved by Congress and signed by former President Bush on October 3, 2008, which, among other provisions, allowed the Treasury to purchase troubled assets from banks, authorized the SEC to suspend the application of mark-to-market accounting, and raised the basic limit of FDIC deposit insurance from $100,000 to $250,000 through December 31, 2013 which has since been permanently increased;
 
   
On October 7, 2008, the FDIC approved a plan to increase the rates banks pay for deposit insurance;
 
   
On October 14, 2008, the Treasury announced the creation of a new program, the CPP, pursuant to which the Treasury purchased senior preferred stock and warrants for common stock from participating institutions;
 
   
Following a systemic risk determination, the FDIC established its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”) in October 2008. Under the interim rule for the TLGP, there are two parts to the program: the Debt Guarantee Program and the Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Eligible entities generally are participants unless they exercise an opt-out right in timely fashion:
  §  
Debt Guarantee Program (“DGP”)- Under the DGP, the FDIC guarantees certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating entities. The DGP initially permitted participating entities to issue FDIC-guaranteed senior unsecured debt until June 30, 2009, with the FDIC’s guarantee for such debt to expire on the earlier of the maturity of the debt (or the conversion date, for mandatory convertible debt) or June 30, 2012. To reduce the potential for market disruptions at the conclusion of the DGP and to begin the orderly phase-out of the program, on May 29, 2009 the FDIC issued a final rule that extended for four months the period during which certain participating entities could issue FDIC-guaranteed debt. All insured depository institutions and those other participating entities that had issued FDIC-guaranteed debt on or before April 1, 2009 were permitted to participate in the extended DGP without application to the FDIC. Other participating entities that received approval from the FDIC also were permitted to participate in the extended DGP. The expiration of the guarantee period was also extended from June 30, 2012 to December 31, 2012. As a result, all such participating entities were permitted to issue FDIC-guaranteed debt through and including October 31, 2009, with the FDIC’s guarantee expiring on the earliest of the debt’s mandatory conversion date (for mandatory convertible debt), the stated maturity date, or December 31, 2012.
 
  §  
Transaction Account Guarantee Program (“TAGP”)- For the TAGP, eligible entities are all FDIC-insured institutions. Under the TAGP, the FDIC provides unlimited deposit insurance coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts (typically business checking accounts) and certain funds swept into noninterest-bearing savings accounts. Throughout 2010, participating institutions paid fees of 15 to 25 basis points (annualized), depending on the Risk Category assigned to the institution, on the balance of each covered account in excess of $250,000. Coverage under the TAGP was in addition to and separate from the basic coverage available under the FDIC’s general deposit insurance rules. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) that was signed into law on July 21, 2010, the voluntary TAGP program ended on December 31, 2010, and all institutions will be required to provide full deposit insurance on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2012. There will not be a separate assessment for this as there was for institutions participating in the TAGP program.

6


Table of Contents

   
On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “Recovery Act”) was signed into law in an effort to, among other things, create jobs and stimulate growth in the United States economy. The Recovery Act specifies appropriations of approximately $787 billion for a wide range of Federal programs and will increase or extend certain benefits payable under the Medicaid, unemployment compensation, and nutrition assistance programs. The Recovery Act also reduces individual and corporate income tax collections and makes a variety of other changes to tax laws. The Recovery Act also imposes certain limitations on compensation paid by participants in the TARP;
 
   
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act will likely result in dramatic changes across the financial regulatory system, some of which become effective immediately and some of which will not become effective until various future dates. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will require many new rules to be made by various federal regulatory agencies over the next several years. Uncertainty remains as to the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act until final rulemaking is complete, which could have a material adverse impact either on the financial services industry as a whole or on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Provisions in the legislation that affect consumer financial protection regulations, deposit insurance assessments, payment of interest on demand deposits, and interchange fees could increase the costs associated with deposits and place limitations on certain revenues those deposits may generate. The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that, among other things, will:
  §  
Centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, responsible for implementing, examining, and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws.
 
  §  
Create the Financial Stability Oversight Council that will recommend to the Federal Reserve increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity.
 
  §  
Provide mortgage reform provisions regarding a customer’s ability to repay, restricting variable-rate lending by requiring that the ability to repay variable-rate loans be determined by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of a variable-rate loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions.
 
  §  
Change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital, eliminate the ceiling on the size of the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC, and increase the floor on the size of the DIF, which generally will require an increase in the level of assessments for institutions with assets in excess of $10 billion.
 
  §  
Make permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and provide unlimited federal deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions.
 
  §  
Implement corporate governance revisions, including with regard to executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders, which apply to all public companies, not just financial institutions.
 
  §  
Repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transactions and other accounts.
 
  §  
Amend the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”) to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that such fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer.

7


Table of Contents

  §  
Eliminate the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) one year from the date of the new law’s enactment. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), which is currently the primary federal regulator for national banks, will become the primary federal regulator for federal thrifts. In addition, the Federal Reserve will supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies that were formerly regulated by the OTS.
   
On September 27, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 (the “Act”). The Small Business Lending Fund (the “SBLF”), which was enacted as part of the Act, is a $30 billion fund that encourages lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. On December 21, 2010, the U.S. Treasury published the application form, term sheet and other guidance for participation in the SBLF. Under the terms of the SBLF, the Treasury will purchase shares of senior preferred stock from banks, bank holding companies, and other financial institutions that will qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes and rank senior to a participating institution’s common stock. The application deadline for participating in the SBLF is March 31, 2011. Based on the program criteria, we expect to apply to convert our Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock into securities under the SBLF;
 
   
In November 2010, the Federal Reserve’s monetary policymaking committee, the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”), decided that further support to the economy was needed. With short-term interest rates already nearing 0%, the FOMC agreed to deliver that support by committing to purchase additional longer-term securities, as it did in 2008 and 2009. The FOMC intends to buy an additional $600 billion of longer-term U.S. Treasury securities by mid-2011 and will continue to reinvest repayments of principal on its holdings of securities, as it has been doing since August 2010;
 
   
On December 16, 2010, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to implement a provision in the Dodd-Frank Act that requires the Federal Reserve to set debit-card interchange fees. The proposed rule, if implemented in its current form, would result in a significant reduction in debit-card interchange revenue. Though the rule technically does not apply to institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, there is concern that the price controls may harm community banks, which could be pressured by the marketplace to lower their own interchange rates;
 
   
On December 29, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was amended to include full FDIC insurance on Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (IOLTAs.) IOLTAs will receive unlimited insurance coverage as noninterest-bearing transaction accounts for two years ending December 31, 2012.
          With respect to any other potential future government assistance programs, we will evaluate the merits of the programs, including the terms of the financing, the Company’s capital position, the cost to the Company of alternative capital, and the Company’s strategy for the use of additional capital, to determine whether it is prudent to participate.
          On January 16, 2009, the Company issued 36,000 shares of Series T Preferred Stock, each with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, to the Treasury for $36 million pursuant to the CPP. Additionally, the Company issued a warrant to purchase up to 385,990 shares of common stock to the Treasury as a condition to its participation in the CPP. The warrant has an exercise price of $13.99 per share, is immediately exercisable and expires 10 years from the date of issuance. Proceeds from this sale of the preferred stock were used for general corporate purposes, including supporting the continued growth and lending in the communities served by the Bank. The Series T Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than having class voting rights on certain matters, and pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% thereafter. The preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the Company under certain circumstances during the first three years and only thereafter without restriction.
          As a condition of the CPP, the Company must obtain consent from the Treasury to repurchase its common stock or to increase its cash dividend on its common stock from the June 30, 2009 quarterly amount. Furthermore, the Company has agreed to certain restrictions on executive compensation. Under the Recovery Act, the Company is limited to using restricted stock as the form of payment to the top five highest compensated executives under any incentive compensation programs.
          The Bank participated in the TLGP. The Company and the Bank participated in the DGP but have elected not to have the option of issuing certain non-guaranteed senior unsecured debt before issuing the maximum amount of guaranteed debt. Had we selected this non-guaranteed debt option, the FDIC would have assessed the Bank 37.5 basis points times two percent of liabilities as of September 30, 2008. As a result of the enhancements to deposit insurance protection and the demands on the FDIC’s DIF, our deposit insurance costs increased significantly during 2009.

8


Table of Contents

          Although it is likely that further regulatory actions will arise as the Federal government attempts to address the economic situation, management is not aware of any further recommendations by regulatory authorities that, if implemented, would have or would be reasonably likely to have a material effect on liquidity, capital ratios or results of operations.
Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action
          Legislative and regulatory proposals regarding changes in banking, and the regulation of banks, federal savings institutions, and other financial institutions and bank and bank holding company powers are being considered by the executive branch of the federal government, Congress and various state governments. Certain of these proposals, if adopted, could significantly change the regulation or operations of banks and the financial services industry. New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations, and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions. On June 17, 2009, the Treasury released a white paper entitled “Financial Regulatory Reform – A New Foundation: Rebuilding Financial Supervision and Regulation” (the “Proposal”) which calls for sweeping regulatory and supervisory reforms for the entire financial sector and seeks to advance the following five key objectives: (i) promote robust supervision and regulation of financial firms, (ii) establish comprehensive supervision of financial markets, (iii) protect consumers and investors from financial abuse, (iv) provide the government with additional powers to monitor systemic risks, supervise and regulate financial products and markets, and to resolve firms that threaten financial stability, and (v) raise international regulatory standards and improve international cooperation.
          The Proposal includes the creation of a new federal government agency, the National Bank Supervisor (“NBS”) that would charter and supervise all federally chartered depository institutions, and all federal branches and agencies of foreign banks. It is proposed that the NBS take over the responsibilities of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which currently charters and supervises nationally chartered banks, and the responsibility for the institutions currently supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision, which supervises federally chartered savings institutions and federal savings institution holding companies.
          The Proposal also includes the creation of a new federal agency designed to enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Agency (“CFPA”) would have authority to protect consumers of financial products and services and to regulate all providers (bank and non-bank) of such services. The CFPA would be authorized to adopt rules for all providers of consumer financial services, supervise and examine such institutions for compliance, and enforce compliance through orders, fines, and penalties. The rules of the CFPA would serve as a “floor” and individual states would be permitted to adopt and enforce stronger consumer protection laws. If adopted as proposed, we may become subject to multiple laws affecting our provision of loans and other credit services to consumers, which may substantially increase the cost of providing such services.
          The new restrictions mandated by the Federal Reserve under Regulation E on overdraft fees went into effect July 1, 2010. These restrictions ban overdraft fees on ATM withdrawals or signature debit transactions unless consumers voluntarily opt in for overdraft protection.
          Internationally, both the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) and the Financial Stability Board (established in April 2009 by the Group of Twenty (“G-20”) Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors to take action to strengthen regulation and supervision of the financial system with greater international consistency, cooperation, and transparency) have committed to raise capital standards and liquidity buffers within the banking system (“Basel III”).
          On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision agreed to the calibration and phase-in of the Basel III minimum capital requirements (raising the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio to 4.5% and minimum Tier 1 equity ratio to 6.0%, with full implementation by January 2015) and introducing a capital conservation buffer of common equity of an additional 2.5% with full implementation by January 2019.

9


Table of Contents

          In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III”. Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.
          The Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.
          When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III requires banks to maintain (i) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).
          Basel III also provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5% and 5%).
          The aforementioned capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.
          The implementation of the Basel III final framework will commence January 1, 2013. On that date, banking institutions will be required to meet the following minimum capital ratios:
   
3.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets;
 
   
4.5% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets; and
 
   
8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.
          The Basel III final framework provides for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.
          Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2014 and will be phased-in over a five-year period (20% per year). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).
          New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations, and competitive relationships of the nation’s financial institutions. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.

10


Table of Contents

Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation
          As a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, Yadkin is registered with and subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve. Yadkin is required to file annual and other reports with, and furnish information to, the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve conducts periodic examinations of Yadkin and may examine any of its subsidiaries, including the Bank.
          The Bank Holding Company Act provides that a bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for the acquisition of more than five percent of the voting stock or substantially all the assets of any bank or bank holding company. In addition, the Bank Holding Company Act restricts the extension of credit to any bank holding company by its subsidiary bank. The Bank Holding Company Act also provides that, with certain exceptions, a bank holding company may not engage in any activities other than those of banking or managing or controlling banks and other authorized subsidiaries or own or control more than five percent of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank. The Federal Reserve has deemed limited activities to be closely related to banking and therefore permissible for a bank holding company.
          The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 significantly expanded the types of activities in which a bank holding company may engage. Subject to various limitations, the Modernization Act generally permits a bank holding company to elect to become a “financial holding company.” A financial holding company may affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are “financial in nature.” Among the activities that are deemed “financial in nature” are, in addition to traditional lending activities, securities underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities, sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies, insurance underwriting and agency activities, certain merchant banking activities as well as activities that the Federal Reserve considers to be closely related to banking.
          A bank holding company may become a financial holding company under the Modernization Act if each of its subsidiary banks is “well-capitalized” under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act prompt corrective action provisions, is well managed and has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the bank holding company must file a declaration with the Federal Reserve that the bank holding company wishes to become a financial holding company. A bank holding company that falls out of compliance with these requirements may be required to cease engaging in some of its activities.
          Under the Modernization Act, the Federal Reserve serves as the primary “umbrella” regulator of financial holding companies, with supervisory authority over each parent company and limited authority over its subsidiaries. Expanded financial activities of financial holding companies generally will be regulated according to the type of such financial activity: banking activities by banking regulators, securities activities by securities regulators and insurance activities by insurance regulators. The Modernization Act also imposes additional restrictions and heightened disclosure requirements regarding private information collected by financial institutions.
          Enforcement Authority. Yadkin will be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve prior to engaging in or, with certain exceptions, acquiring control of more than 5% of the voting shares of a company engaged in, any new activity. Prior to granting such approval, the Federal Reserve must weigh the expected benefits of any such new activity to the public (such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency) against the risk of possible adverse effects of such activity (such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest, or unsound banking practices). The Federal Reserve has cease-and-desist powers over bank holding companies and their nonbanking subsidiaries where their actions would constitute a serious threat to the safety, soundness or stability of a subsidiary bank. The Federal Reserve also has authority to regulate debt obligations (other than commercial paper) issued by bank holding companies. This authority includes the power to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt obligations. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are also prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.
          Interstate Acquisitions. Federal banking law generally provides that a bank holding company may acquire or establish banks in any state of the United States, subject to certain aging and deposit concentration limits. In addition, North Carolina banking laws permit a bank holding company which owns stock of a bank located outside North Carolina to acquire a bank or bank holding company located in North Carolina. Federal banking law will not permit a bank holding company to own or control banks in North Carolina if the acquisition would exceed 20% of the total deposits of all federally-insured deposits in North Carolina.

11


Table of Contents

          Capital Adequacy. The Federal Reserve has promulgated capital adequacy regulations for all bank holding companies with assets in excess of $500 million. The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy regulations are based upon a risk-based capital determination, whereby a bank holding company’s capital adequacy is determined in light of the risk, both on- and off-balance sheet, contained in the company’s assets. Different categories of assets are assigned risk weightings and are counted at a percentage of their book value.
          The regulations divide capital between Tier 1 capital (core capital) and Tier 2 capital. For a bank holding company, Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock, related surplus, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries and a limited amount of qualifying cumulative preferred securities. Goodwill and certain other intangibles are excluded from Tier 1 capital. Tier 2 capital consists of an amount equal to the allowance for loan and lease losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, limited other types of preferred stock not included in Tier 1 capital, hybrid capital instruments and term subordinated debt. Investments in and loans to unconsolidated banking and finance subsidiaries that constitute capital of those subsidiaries are excluded from capital. The sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital constitutes qualifying total capital. The Tier 1 component must comprise at least 50% of qualifying total capital.
          Every bank holding company has to achieve and maintain a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 4.0% and a minimum total capital ratio of at least 8.0%. In addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets (leverage capital ratio) of at least 3.0% for the most highly-rated, financially sound banks and bank holding companies and a minimum leverage ratio of at least 4.0% for all other banks. The FDIC and the Federal Reserve define Tier 1 capital for banks in the same manner for both the leverage ratio and the risk-based capital ratio. However, the Federal Reserve defines Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies in a slightly different manner. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank’s Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital ratio were 9.2% and 10.5%, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital were 9.4% and 10.6%, respectively. We may at some point; however, need to raise additional capital. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and on our financial performance.
          The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory level, without significant reliance on intangible assets. The guidelines also indicate that the Federal Reserve will continue to consider a “Tangible Tier 1 Leverage Ratio” in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The Tangible Tier 1 Leverage Ratio is the ratio of Tier 1 capital, less intangibles not deducted from Tier 1 capital, to quarterly average total assets.
          Failure to meet applicable capital guidelines could subject a banking organization to a variety of enforcement actions, including limitations on its ability to pay dividends, the issuance by the applicable regulatory authority of a capital directive to increase capital and, in the case of depository institutions, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, as well as the measures described under the “Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991” below, as applicable to undercapitalized institutions. In addition, future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce the amount of capital recognized for purposes of capital adequacy. Such a change could affect the ability of the Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends to the shareholders.
          Source of Strength for Subsidiary. Bank holding companies are required to serve as a source of financial strength for their depository institution subsidiaries, and, if their depository institution subsidiaries become undercapitalized, bank holding companies may be required to guarantee the subsidiaries’ compliance with capital restoration plans filed with their bank regulators, subject to certain limits.
          Dividends. As a holding company that does not, as an entity, currently engage in separate business activities of a material nature, our ability to pay cash dividends depends upon the cash dividends received from our Bank and management fees paid by the Bank. We must pay our operating expenses from funds we receive from the Bank. Therefore, shareholders may receive cash dividends from us only to the extent that funds are available after payment of operating expenses. In addition, the Federal Reserve generally prohibits bank holding companies from paying cash dividends except out of operating earnings, provided that the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. As a North Carolina corporation, our payment of cash dividends is subject to the restrictions under North Carolina law on the declaration of cash dividends. Under such provisions, cash dividends may not be paid if a corporation will not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business

12


Table of Contents

after paying such a cash dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed to satisfy certain liquidation preferential rights. Also, the payment of cash dividends by Yadkin in the future will be subject to certain other legal and regulatory limitations (including the requirement that Yadkin’s capital be maintained at certain minimum levels) and will be subject to ongoing review by banking regulators. As long as shares of our Series T Preferred Stock or our Series T-ACB Preferred Stock are outstanding, no dividends may be paid on our common stock unless all dividends on the Series T Preferred Stock and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock have been paid in full. Prior to January 16, 2012, so long as the Treasury owns shares of the Series T Preferred Stock, we are not permitted to increase cash dividends on our common stock without the Treasury’s consent. The Federal Reserve could require that we defer dividend payments on our Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock as well as interest payments on our trust preferred securities. We are able to defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities for up to twenty consecutive quarters; however, we would be unable to pay any dividends on our capital stock until deferred interest payments on our trust preferred securities have been made. If we defer a total of six dividends payments on our Series T or Series T-ACB Preferred Stock, whether consecutive or not, Treasury would be entitled to elect two directors to Yadkin’s board of directors. This right would continue until Yadkin paid all due but unpaid dividends. Additionally, prior to July 24, 2012, so long as the Treasury owns shares of the Series T or Series T-ACB Preferred Stock, we are not permitted to increase cash dividends on our common stock without the Treasury’s consent. There is no assurance that, in the future, Yadkin will have funds available to pay cash dividends, or, even if funds are available, that it will pay dividends in any particular amount or at any particular times, or that it will pay dividends at all. In additional, the Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company without prior FDIC and Commissioner (as defined below) approval. There can be no assurances such approval would be granted or with regard to how long these restrictions will remain in place.
          Change in Control. In addition, and subject to certain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations promulgated there under, require Federal Reserve approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company. Following the relaxing of these restrictions by the Federal Reserve in September 2008, control will be presumed to exist if a person acquires more than 33% of the total equity of a bank or bank holding company, of which it may own, control or have the power to vote not more than 15% of any class of voting securities.
Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company
          As a North Carolina bank, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the North Carolina Banking Commission (the “Commission”) through the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”) and its applicable federal regulator is the FDIC. The Commission and the FDIC have the power to enforce compliance with applicable banking statutes and regulations. Deposits in the bank are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum amount, which is currently $250,000 for each non-retirement depositor and $250,000 for certain retirement-account depositors.
          The Commission and the FDIC regulate or monitor virtually all areas of the bank’s operations, including:
   
security devices and procedures;
 
   
adequacy of capitalization and loss reserves;
 
   
loans;
 
   
investments;
 
   
borrowings;
 
   
deposits;
 
   
mergers;
 
   
issuances of securities;
 
   
payment of dividends;
 
   
interest rates payable on deposits;
 
   
interest rates or fees chargeable on loans;
 
   
establishment of branches;
 
   
corporate reorganizations;
 
   
maintenance of books and records; and
 
   
adequacy of staff training to carry on safe lending and deposit gathering practices.

13


Table of Contents

          Federal Regulation. As a North Carolina chartered bank, we are subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the FDIC. The FDIC is required to conduct regular on-site examinations of the operations of the Bank and enforces federal laws that set specific requirements for bank capital, the payment of dividends, loans to officers and directors, and types and amounts of loans and investments made by commercial banks. Among other things, the FDIC must approve the establishment of branch offices, conversions, mergers, assumption of deposit liabilities between insured banks and uninsured banks or institutions, and the acquisition or establishment of certain subsidiary corporations. The FDIC can also prevent capital or surplus diminution in transactions where the deposit accounts of the resulting, continuing or assumed bank are insured by the FDIC.
          Transactions with Affiliates. A bank may not engage in specified transactions (including, for example, loans) with its affiliates unless the terms and conditions of those transactions are substantially the same or at least as favorable to the Bank as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or involving other nonaffiliated entities. In the absence of comparable transactions, any transaction between a bank and its affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, which in good faith would be offered or would apply to nonaffiliated companies. In addition, transactions referred to as “covered transactions” between a bank and its affiliates may not exceed 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus per affiliate and an aggregate of 20% of its capital and surplus for covered transactions with all affiliates. Certain transactions with affiliates, such as loans, also must be secured by collateral of specific types and amounts. The Bank is also prohibited from purchasing low quality assets from an affiliate. Every company under common control with the Bank is deemed to be an affiliate of the Bank.
          Loans to Insiders. Federal law also constrains the types and amounts of loans that the Bank may make to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders. Among other things, these loans are limited in amount, must be approved by the Bank’s board of directors in advance, and must be on terms and conditions as favorable to the Bank as those available to an unrelated person.
          Regulation of Lending Activities. Loans made by the bank are also subject to numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the Truth-In-Lending Act, Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Remedies to the borrower or consumer and penalties to the Bank are provided if the Bank fails to comply with these laws and regulations. The scope and requirements of these laws and regulations have expanded significantly in recent years.
          Branch Banking. All banks located in North Carolina are authorized to branch statewide. Accordingly, a bank located anywhere in North Carolina has the ability, subject to regulatory approval, to establish branch facilities near any of our facilities and within our market area. If other banks were to establish branch facilities near our facilities, it is uncertain whether these branch facilities would have a material adverse effect on our business. Federal law provides for nationwide interstate banking and branching, subject to certain aging and deposit concentration limits that may be imposed under applicable state laws. Applicable North Carolina statutes permit regulatory authorities to approve de novo branching in North Carolina by institutions located in states that would permit North Carolina institutions to branch on a de novo basis into those states. Federal regulations prohibit an out-of-state bank from using interstate branching authority primarily for the purpose of deposit production. These regulations include guidelines to insure that interstate branches operated by an out-of-state bank in a host state are reasonably helping to meet the credit needs of the host state communities served by the out-of-state bank.
          Reserve Requirements. Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, the Bank must maintain average daily reserves against its transaction accounts. During 2010, no reserves were required to be maintained on the first $10.7 million of transaction accounts, but reserves equal to 3.0% were required on the aggregate balances of those accounts between $10.7 million and $48.1 million, and additional reserves were required on aggregate balances in excess of $48.1 million in an amount equal to 10.0% of the excess. These percentages are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve, which has advised that for 2011, no reserves will be required to be maintained on the first $10.7 million of transaction accounts, but reserves equal to 3.0% will be required on the aggregate balances of those accounts between $10.7 million and $48.1 million, and additional reserves are required on aggregate balances in excess of $48.1 million in an amount equal to 10.0% of the excess. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in a non-interest bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of the reserve requirement is to reduce the amount of the institution’s interest-earning assets. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank met its reserve requirements.

14


Table of Contents

          Community Reinvestment. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by regulations of the federal bank regulatory agencies, an insured bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for banks, nor does it limit a bank’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies, in connection with their examination of insured banks, to assess the banks’ records of meeting the credit needs of their communities, using the ratings of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance,” and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by those banks. All banks are required to make public disclosure of their CRA performance ratings. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its most recent CRA examination.
          Governmental Monetary Policies. The commercial banking business is affected not only by general economic conditions but also by the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve, a federal banking regulatory agency that regulates the money supply in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the techniques used to implement these objectives are open market transactions in United States government securities, changes in the rate paid by banks on bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These techniques are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments, and deposits, and their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and money markets, as well as the effect of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand or the business and earnings of the Bank.
          Dividends. Under federal banking law, no cash dividend may be paid if a bank is undercapitalized or insolvent or if payment of the cash dividend would render the bank undercapitalized or insolvent, and no cash dividend may be paid by the bank if it is in default on any deposit insurance assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company without prior FDIC and Commissioner approval. There can be no assurances such approval would be granted or with regard to how long these restrictions will remain in place.
          Deposit Insurance Assessments. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to $250,000 by the FDIC’s DIF. The Bank is required to pay deposit insurance assessments set by the FDIC. The FDIC determines the Bank’s deposit insurance assessment rates on the basis of four risk categories. Under regulations effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations. For deposits held as of March 5, 2010, institutions were assessed at annual rates ranging from 12 to 45 basis points, depending on each institution’s risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory measures. Effective April 1, 2009, assessments also took into account each institution’s reliance on secured liabilities and brokered deposits. This resulted in assessments ranging from 7 to 77.5 basis points. As a result, we incurred increased deposit insurance costs during 2009 in comparison to previous periods.
        In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay a pro rata portion of the interest due on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) to fund the closing and disposal of failed thrift institutions by the Resolution Trust Corporation. FICO assessments are set quarterly, and in 2010 ranged from 2.60 basis points in the first quarter to 2.55 basis points in the fourth quarter. As the large number of recent bank failures continues to deplete the DIF, the FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule in February 2009, which raised deposit insurance premiums. The FDIC also implemented a five basis point special assessment of each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, which special assessment amount was capped at 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009. The amount of our special assessment was $998,639. In addition, the FDIC required financial institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and will require such prepayments for all of 2010 through and including 2012 in order to re-capitalize the DIF. The rule provides for increasing the FDIC-assessment rates by three basis points effective January 1, 2011. The amount of our prepayment is approximately $6.4 million on December 31, 2010.
        In November 2010, the FDIC approved two proposals that amend the deposit insurance assessment regulations. The first proposal implements a provision in the Dodd-Frank Act that changes the assessment base from one based on domestic deposits (as it has been since 1935) to one based on assets. The assessment base changes from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.

15


Table of Contents

        The second proposal changes the deposit insurance assessment system for large institutions in conjunction with the guidance given in the Dodd-Frank Act. Since the new base would be much larger than the current base, the FDIC will lower assessment rates, which achieves the FDIC’s goal of not significantly altering the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. Risk categories and debt ratings will be eliminated from the assessment calculation for large banks which will instead use scorecards. The scorecards will include financial measures that are predictive of long-term performance. A large financial institution will continue to be defined as an insured depository institution with at least $10 billion in assets. Both changes in the assessment system will be effective as of April 1, 2011 and will be payable at the end of September.
        In December 2010, the FDIC voted to increase the required amount of reserves for the designated reserve ratio (“DRR”) to 2.0%. The ratio is higher than the 1.35% set by the Dodd-Frank Act in July 2010 and is an integral part of the FDIC’s comprehensive, long-range management plan for the DIF.
        In February 2011, the FDIC approved the final rules that, as noted above, change the assessment base from domestic deposits to average assets minus average tangible equity, adopt a new scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, and finalize the DRR target size at 2.0% of insured deposits.
        The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC.
        Consumer Protection Regulations. Activities of the Bank are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations designed to protect consumers. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates.
        The Bank’s loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
   
The federal Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
 
   
The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
 
   
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
 
   
The Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections and certain credit and other disclosures;
 
   
The Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and
 
   
The rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.
The deposit operations of the Bank also are subject to:
   
the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records; and
 
   
the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve Board to implement that Act, which governs automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services.
          Changes in Management. Any depository institution that has been chartered less than two years, is not in compliance with the minimum capital requirements of its primary federal banking regulator (currently the FDIC), or is otherwise in a troubled condition must notify its primary federal banking regulator of the proposed addition of any person to

16


Table of Contents

the board of directors or the employment of any person as a senior executive officer of the institution at least 30 days before such addition or employment becomes effective. During this 30-day period, the applicable federal banking regulatory agency may disapprove of the addition of such director or employment of such officer. The Bank is not subject to any such requirements.
          Enforcement Authority. The federal banking laws also contain civil and criminal penalties available for use by the appropriate regulatory agency against certain “institution-affiliated parties” primarily including management, employees and agents of a financial institution, as well as independent contractors such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs and who caused or are likely to cause more than minimum financial loss to or a significant adverse affect on the institution, who knowingly or recklessly violate a law or regulation, breach a fiduciary duty or engage in unsafe or unsound practices. These practices can include the failure of an institution to timely file required reports or the submission of inaccurate reports. These laws authorize the appropriate banking agency to issue cease and desist orders that may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnification or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets or take other action as determined by the primary federal banking agency to be appropriate.
          Capital Adequacy. The Bank is subject to capital requirements and limits on activities established by the FDIC. Under the capital regulations, the Bank generally is required to maintain Tier 1 risk-based capital, as such term is defined therein, of 4% and total risk-based capital, as such term is defined therein, of 8%. In addition, the Bank is required to provide a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted average quarterly assets (“leverage ratio”) equal to 3%, plus an additional cushion of 1% to 2% if the Bank has less than the highest regulatory rating. The Bank is not permitted to engage in any activity not permitted for a national bank unless (i) it is in compliance with its capital requirements and (ii) the FDIC determines that the activity would not pose a risk to the DIF. With certain exceptions, the Bank also is not permitted to acquire equity investments of a type, or in an amount, not permitted for a national bank.
          Prompt Corrective Action. Banks are subject to restrictions on their activities depending on their level of capital. Federal “prompt corrective action” regulations divide banks into five different categories, depending on their level of capital. Under these regulations, a bank is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or more, a core capital ratio of 6.0% or more and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or more, and if the bank is not subject to an order or capital directive to meet and maintain a certain capital level. Under these regulations, a bank is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or more, a core capital ratio of 4.0% or more and a leverage ratio of 4.0% or more (unless it receives the highest composite rating at its most recent examination and is not experiencing or anticipating significant growth, in which instance it must maintain a leverage ratio of 3.0% or more). Under these regulations, a bank is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a core capital ratio of less than 4.0% or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. Under these regulations, a bank is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0%, a core capital ratio of less than 3.0% and a leverage ratio of less than 3.0%. Under such regulations, a bank is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity ratio of less than or equal to 2.0%. In addition, the applicable federal banking agency has the ability to downgrade a bank’s classification (but not to “critically undercapitalized”) based on other considerations even if the bank meets the capital guidelines. As of December 31, 2010 the Bank was well capitalized within the meaning of the capital guidelines with $8.7 million in excess risk-based capital, $56.6 million in excess core capital and $46.8 million in excess leverage capital.
          The Bank has committed to regulators that it will maintain a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of 8%. Although the Bank has currently fallen below this level, the Company has a number of alternatives available to assist the Bank in achieving this ratio including but not limited to raising additional capital, and decreasing the asset size of Bank. Management, on an ongoing basis, continues to monitor capital levels closely and evaluate options which would improve the capital position.
          If a state bank is not well-capitalized, it cannot accept brokered deposits without prior FDIC approval and, if approval is granted, cannot offer an effective yield in excess of 75 basis points on interest paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity in such institution’s normal market area for deposits accepted from within its normal market area, or national rate paid on deposits of comparable size and maturity for deposits accepted outside the bank’s normal market area. Thus, for deposits in its own normal market area, the bank must offer rates that are not in excess of 75 basis points over the average local rates. For non-local deposits, the bank must offer rates that are not in excess of 75 basis points over either (1) the bank’s own local rates or (2) the applicable non-local rates. In other words, the bank must adhere to the prevailing rates in its own normal market area for all deposits (whether local or non-local) and also must adhere to the prevailing rates in the non-local area for any non-local deposits. Thus, the bank would be unable to outbid non-local institutions for non-local deposits even if the non-local rates are lower than the rates in the bank’s own normal market area. Moreover, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be categorized as undercapitalized.

17


Table of Contents

          If a state bank is classified as undercapitalized, the bank is required to submit a capital restoration plan to the FDIC, and the FDIC may also take certain actions to correct the capital position of the bank. An undercapitalized bank is prohibited from increasing its assets, engaging in a new line of business, acquiring any interest in any company or insured depository institution, or opening or acquiring a new branch office, except under certain circumstances, including the acceptance by the FDIC of a capital restoration plan for the bank. The FDIC may not accept a capital restoration plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the bank’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the bank’s parent holding company must guarantee that the bank will comply with the capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of an amount equal to 5.0% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became categorized as undercapitalized or the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such bank as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is categorized as significantly undercapitalized.
          If a state bank is classified as significantly undercapitalized, the FDIC would be required to take one or more prompt corrective actions. These actions would include, among other things, requiring sales of new securities to bolster capital, changes in management, limits on interest rates paid, prohibitions on transactions with affiliates, termination of certain risky activities and restrictions on compensation paid to executive officers. If a bank is classified as critically undercapitalized, the bank must be placed into conservatorship or receivership within 90 days, unless the FDIC determines otherwise.
          A state bank may not pay a management fee to a bank holding company controlling that institution or any other person having control of the institution if, after making the payment, the bank would be undercapitalized. In addition, a bank cannot make a capital distribution, such as a dividend or other distribution that is in substance a distribution of capital to the owners of the bank if following such a distribution the bank would be undercapitalized. Thus, if payment of such a management fee or the making of such would cause a bank to become undercapitalized, it could not pay a management fee or dividend to the bank holding company.
          The capital classification of a bank affects the frequency of regulatory examinations of the bank and impacts the ability of the bank to engage in certain activities and affects the deposit insurance premiums paid by the bank. The FDIC is required to conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every bank on a periodic basis.
          Banks also may be restricted in their ability to accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits, depending on their capital classification. “Well capitalized” banks are permitted to accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits, but all banks that are not well capitalized are not permitted to accept, renew, or roll over such deposits. The FDIC may, on a case-by-case basis, permit banks that are adequately capitalized to accept brokered deposits if the FDIC determines that acceptance of such deposits would not constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice with respect to the bank.
          Anti-Money Laundering. Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. The Company and the Bank are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks. Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the USA Patriot Act, enacted in 2001 and renewed in 2006. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications. The regulatory authorities have been active in imposing “cease and desist” orders and money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.
          USA PATRIOT Act/Bank Secrecy Act. The USA PATRIOT Act amended, in part, the Bank Secrecy Act and provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering by enhancing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: (i) requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; (ii) rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (iii) reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for

18


Table of Contents

transactions exceeding $10,000; and (iv) filing suspicious activities reports if a bank believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations and requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.
          Under the USA PATRIOT Act, the FBI can send to the banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities. The Bank can be requested to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists. If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report and contact the FBI.
          Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the Bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the FBI. The Bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The Bank performs these checks utilizing software, which is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.
          Privacy and Credit Reporting. Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information. Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing nonpublic personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except under narrow circumstances, such as the processing of transactions requested by the consumer. Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing to consumers. It is the Bank’s policy not to disclose any personal information unless required by law. The OCC and the federal banking agencies have prescribed standards for maintaining the security and confidentiality of consumer information. The Bank is subject to such standards, as well as standards for notifying consumers in the event of a security breach.
          Like other lending institutions, the Bank utilizes credit bureau data in its underwriting activities. Use of such data is regulated under the Federal Credit Reporting Act on a uniform, nationwide basis, including credit reporting, prescreening, sharing of information between affiliates, and the use of credit data. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”) permits states to enact identity theft laws that are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the provisions of the FACT Act.
          Check 21. The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image of a check and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check. Some of the major provisions include:
   
allowing check truncation without making it mandatory;
 
   
demanding that every financial institution communicate to accountholders in writing a description of its substitute check processing program and their rights under the law;
 
   
legalizing substitutions for and replacements of paper checks without agreement from consumers;
 
   
retaining in place the previously mandated electronic collection and return of checks between financial institutions only when individual agreements are in place;
 
   
requiring that when accountholders request verification, financial institutions produce the original check (or a copy that accurately represents the original) and demonstrate that the account debit was accurate and valid; and
 
   
requiring the re-crediting of funds to an individual’s account on the next business day after a consumer proves that the financial institution has erred.

19


Table of Contents

          Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies. Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve Bank’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have major effects upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.
     State Regulation. As a North Carolina-chartered bank, the Bank is also subject to extensive supervision and regulation by the Commissioner. The Commissioner enforces state laws that set specific requirements for bank capital, the payment of dividends, loans to officers and directors, record keeping, and types and amounts of loans and investments made by commercial banks. Among other things, the approval of the Commissioner is generally required before a North Carolina-chartered commercial bank may establish branch offices. North Carolina banking law requires that any merger, liquidation or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Bank must be approved by the Commissioner and the holders of two thirds of the Bank’s outstanding common stock.
     Change of Control. North Carolina banking laws provide that no person may directly or indirectly purchase or acquire voting stock of the Bank that would result in the change in control of the Bank unless the Commissioner has approved the acquisition. A person will be deemed to have acquired “control” of the Bank if that person directly or indirectly (i) owns, controls or has power to vote 10% or more of the voting stock of the Bank, or (ii) otherwise possesses the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policy of the Bank.
     Loans. In its lending activities, the Bank is subject to North Carolina usury laws which generally limit or restrict the rates of interest, fees and charges and other terms and conditions in connection with various types of loans. North Carolina banking law also limits the amount that may be loaned to any one borrower.
     Dividends. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is restricted under applicable law and regulations. Under North Carolina banking law, dividends must be paid out of retained earnings and no cash dividends may be paid if payment of the dividend would cause the Bank’s surplus to be less than 50% of its paid-in capital. The Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company without prior approval from the Commissioner and the FDIC. There can be no assurances such approval would be granted or with regard to how long these restrictions will remain in place.
     Incentive Compensation. In June 2010, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC issued a comprehensive final guidance on incentive compensation policies intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to materially affect the risk profile of an organization, either individually or as part of a group, is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives that do not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors.
     The Federal Reserve will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination. Deficiencies will be incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings, which can affect the organization’s ability to make acquisitions and take other actions. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.
     Future legislation and regulations. From time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company

20


Table of Contents

and the Bank in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. Yadkin cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies applicable to the Company or the Bank could have a material effect on the business of the Company.
     Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC. Yadkin’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC. The DIF is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged effective March 31, 2006. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the insurance fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against savings institutions, after giving the Office of Thrift Supervision an opportunity to take such action, and may terminate the deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.
     Under regulations effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC adopted a new risk-based premium system that provides for quarterly assessments based on an insured institution’s ranking in one of four risk categories based upon supervisory and capital evaluations. Institutions are assessed at annual rates ranging from 12 to 50 basis points, respectively, depending on each institution’s risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory measures. Under a proposal announced by the FDIC on October 7, 2008, the assessment rate schedule would be raised uniformly by seven basis points (annualized) beginning on January 1, 2009. Beginning with the second quarter of 2009, base assessment rates before adjustments would range from 7 to 77.5 basis points, and further changes would be made to the deposit insurance assessment system, including requiring riskier institutions to pay a larger share. The proposal would impose higher assessment rates on institutions with a significant reliance on secured liabilities and on institutions which rely significantly on brokered deposits (but, for well-managed and well-capitalized institutions, only when accompanied by rapid asset growth). The proposal would reduce assessment rates for institutions that hold long-term unsecured debt and, for smaller institutions, high levels of Tier 1 (defined below) capital. In addition, on February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved an interim rule to raise 2009 second quarter deposit insurance premiums for Risk Category I banks from 10 to 14 basis points to 12 to 50 basis points. The FDIC also imposed a 20-basis point special emergency assessment payable September 30, 2009, and the FDIC board authorized the FDIC to implement an additional 10 basis-point premium in any quarter. The amount of our special assessment was $998,639. In addition, the FDIC required financial institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and will require such prepayments for all of 2011 through and including 2012 in order to re-capitalize the Deposit Insurance Fund. The rule provides for increasing the FDIC-assessment rates by three basis points effective January 1, 2011. The amount of our prepayment is approximately $6.4 million on December 31, 2010.
     FDIC insured institutions are required to pay a FICO assessment, in order to fund the interest on bonds issued to resolve thrift failures in the 1980s. For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2010, the FICO assessment equaled 2.55 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits. These assessments, which may be revised based upon the level of deposits, will continue until the bonds mature in the years 2017 through 2019.
     In November 2010, the FDIC approved two proposals that amend the deposit insurance assessment regulations. The first proposal implements a provision in the Dodd-Frank Act that changes the assessment base from one based on domestic deposits (as it has been since 1935) to one based on assets. The assessment base changes from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.
     The second proposal changes the deposit insurance assessment system for large institutions in conjunction with the guidance given in the Dodd-Frank Act. Since the new base would be much larger than the current base, the FDIC will lower assessment rates, which achieves the FDIC’s goal of not significantly altering the total amount of revenue collected from the industry. Risk categories and debt ratings will be eliminated from the assessment calculation for large banks which will instead use scorecards. The scorecards will include financial measures that are predictive of long-term performance. A large financial institution will continue to be defined as an insured depository institution with at least $10 billion in assets. Both changes in the assessment system will be effective as of April 1, 2011 and will be payable at the end of September.

21


Table of Contents

     In December 2010, the FDIC voted to increase the required amount of reserves for the designated reserve ratio (“DRR”) to 2.0%. The ratio is higher than the 1.35% set by the Dodd-Frank Act in July 2010 and is an integral part of the FDIC’s comprehensive, long-range management plan for the DIF.
     In February 2011, the FDIC approved the final rules that, as noted above, change the assessment base from domestic deposits to average assets minus average tangible equity, adopt a new scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, and finalize the DRR target size at 2.0% of insured deposits.
     The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution, including the Bank, if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the OCC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management of the Bank is not aware of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of the bank’s deposit insurance.
Number of Employees
     At December 31, 2010, the Company had 548 full-time employees (including our executive officers) and 67 part-time employees. None of the employees are represented by any unions or similar groups, and we have not experienced any type of strike or labor dispute. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
          Our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks, or other risks that have not been identified or which we believe are immaterial or unlikely. Shareholders should carefully consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information in this Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
Recent negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets may adversely affect our operations and results.
          Negative developments in the global credit and securitization markets have resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of continued uncertainty in 2011. As a result of this “credit crunch,” commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages have declined and may continue to decline. Global securities markets, and bank holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. Bank regulatory agencies are expected to be active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders. Negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance. We can provide no assurance regarding the manner in which any new laws and regulations will affect us.
We may have higher loan losses than is provided for in our allowance for loan losses.
          We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for losses inherent in our loan portfolio. We periodically determine the amount of the allowance based on consideration of several factors, including:
   
an ongoing review of the quality, mix, and size of our overall loan portfolio;
 
   
our historical loan loss experience;
 
   
an evaluation of economic conditions;
 
   
regular reviews of loan delinquencies and loan portfolio quality; and
 
   
the amount and quality of collateral, including guarantees, securing the loans.

22


Table of Contents

          However, there is no precise method of estimating credit losses, since any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy depends on the outcome of future events. If charge-offs in future periods increase, we may be required to increase our provisions for loan losses, which would decrease our net income and possibly our capital.
          Also, our loan losses could exceed our allowance for loan losses. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 70% of our loan portfolio was composed of construction, commercial mortgage and commercial loans. Repayment of such loans is generally considered more subject to market risk than repayment of residential mortgage loans. Industry experience shows that a portion of loans will become delinquent and a portion of loans will require partial or entire charge-off. Regardless of the underwriting criteria utilized, losses may be experienced as a result of various factors beyond our control, including:
   
cost overruns;
 
   
declining property values;
 
   
mismanaged construction;
 
   
inferior or improper construction techniques;
 
   
economic changes or downturns during construction;
 
   
rising interest rates that may prevent sale of the property; and
 
   
failure to sell completed projects or units in a timely manner.
          These risks have been exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets and the economy in general. The occurrence of any of the preceding risks could result in the deterioration of one or more of these loans which could significantly increase our percentage of nonperforming assets. An increase in nonperforming loans may result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the related provision for loan losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
          Although we believe the allowance for loan losses is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses in our loan portfolio, we cannot fully predict such losses or that our loan loss allowance will be adequate in the future. Excessive loan losses could have a material impact on our financial performance. Consistent with our loan loss reserve methodology, we expect to make additions to our loan loss reserve levels as a result of our loan growth, which may affect our short-term earnings.
          Additionally, as part of the merger with American Community, we identified an increase in nonperforming loans in the American Community loan portfolio, including loans or lines of credit that needed to be adversely classified after execution of the merger agreement (due in part to a reassessment of certain of American Community’s construction loans and loans secured by real property in light of the continuing softness in the economic environment), and the resulting increases in American Community’s reserves for loan losses. There can be no assurances that the reserves for loan losses will meet the current need, or that the loan losses will not be greater than anticipated.
          Federal regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of our management. Any increase in the amount of our provision or loans charged-off as required by these regulatory agencies could have a negative effect on our operating results.
We could continue to sustain losses from a further decline in credit quality.
     Our earnings are significantly affected by our ability to properly originate, underwrite and service loans. We have, and could continue to, sustain losses if more borrowers, guarantors, or related parties fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans or if we fail to detect or respond to deterioration in asset quality in a timely manner. Problems with credit quality or asset quality have, and could continue to, cause our interest income and net interest margin to further decrease and our provisions for loan losses to further increase, which have, and could continue to, adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. These risks have been exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets, and we are unable to accurately predict what effect these uncertain market conditions will continue to have on these risks.

23


Table of Contents

Continued changes in local economic conditions have and could continue to lead to higher loan charge-offs and reduce our net income and growth.
     We are subject to periodic fluctuations of the local economic conditions, which presently have a negative effect. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and currently are creating a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition. Our banking operations are locally oriented and community-based. Accordingly, we continue to be dependent upon local business conditions as well as conditions in the local residential and commercial real estate markets we serve. For example, increases in unemployment and decreases in real estate values, as well as other factors, have and could continue to weaken the economies of the communities we serve. Weaknesses in our market area have and could continue to depress our earnings and consequently our financial condition because:
   
customers may not want or need our products or services;
 
   
borrowers may not be able to repay their loans;
 
   
the value of the collateral securing loans to borrowers may decline; and
 
   
the quality of our loan portfolio may decline.
     All of the latter scenarios have required and could continue to require us to charge off a higher percentage of loans and/or increase provisions for credit losses, which reduces our net income.
We are exposed to higher credit risk by commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction lending.
          Commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction lending usually involves higher credit risks than that of single-family residential lending. These types of loans involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. Commercial real estate loans may be affected to a greater extent than residential loans by adverse conditions in real estate markets or the economy because commercial real estate borrowers’ ability to repay their loans depends on successful development of their properties, as well as the factors affecting residential real estate borrowers. These loans also involve greater risk because they generally are not fully amortizing over the loan period, but have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or sell the underlying property in a timely manner.
          Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon whether our initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction equals or exceeds the cost of the property construction (including interest) and the availability of permanent take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays and cost overruns. If estimates of value are inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan or by seizure of collateral.
          Commercial business loans are typically based on the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself. In addition, the collateral securing the loans have the following characteristics: (i) depreciate over time, (ii) difficult to appraise and liquidate, and (iii) fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.
          Commercial real estate, commercial business, and construction loans are more susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. Our underwriting, review, and monitoring cannot eliminate all of the risks related to these loans.
          As of December 31, 2010, our outstanding commercial real estate loans were equal to 338% of our total risk-based capital. The banking regulators are giving commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans to implement improved underwriting, internal controls, risk management policies and portfolio stress testing, as well as possibly higher levels of allowances for losses and capital levels as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures.

24


Table of Contents

Weakness in the markets for residential or commercial real estate, including the secondary residential mortgage loan markets, could reduce our net income and profitability.
     Since 2007, the United States has seen softening residential housing markets, increasing delinquency and default rates, and increasingly volatile and constrained secondary credit markets have been affecting the mortgage industry generally. Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in real estate values in areas in which it operates. Decreases in real estate values in these areas could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans and investments. If poor economic conditions result in decreased demand for real estate loans, then our net income and profits may decrease.
     The declines in home prices in many markets across the United States, along with the reduced availability of mortgage credit, also may result in increases in delinquencies and losses in our portfolio of loans related to residential real estate construction and development. Further declines in home prices coupled with an economic recession and associated rises in unemployment levels could drive losses beyond that which are provided for in our allowance for loan losses. In that event, our earnings could be adversely affected.
     Additionally, recent weakness in the secondary market for residential lending could have an adverse impact upon our profitability. Significant ongoing disruptions in the secondary market for residential mortgage loans have limited the market for and liquidity of most mortgage loans other than conforming Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae loans. The effects of ongoing mortgage market challenges, combined with the ongoing correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in further price reductions in single family home values, adversely affecting the value of collateral securing mortgage loans held, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Continued declines in real estate values and home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses, or other factors, could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods, which would adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
Continuation of the economic downturn could reduce our customer base, our level of deposits, and demand for financial products such as loans.
          Our success significantly depends upon the growth in population, income levels, deposits, and housing starts in our markets. The current economic downturn has negatively affected the markets in which we operate and, in turn, the quality of our loan portfolio. If the communities in which we operate do not grow or if prevailing economic conditions locally or nationally remain unfavorable, our business may not succeed. A continuation of the economic downturn or prolonged recession would likely result in the continued deterioration of the quality of our loan portfolio and reduce our level of deposits, which in turn would hurt our business. Interest received on loans represented approximately 91.8% of our interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010. If the economic downturn continues or a prolonged economic recession occurs in the economy as a whole, borrowers will be less likely to repay their loans as scheduled. Moreover, in many cases the value of real estate or other collateral that secures our loans has been adversely affected by the economic conditions and could continue to be negatively affected. Unlike many larger institutions, we are not able to spread the risks of unfavorable local economic conditions across a large number of diversified economies. A continued economic downturn could, therefore, result in losses that materially and adversely affect our business.
If we do not perform well, we may be required to recognize additional impairment of our goodwill or to establish a valuation allowance against the deferred income tax asset, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
          Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. The reporting unit is the operating segment or a business one level below that operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by management at that level. The fair value of the reporting unit is impacted by the performance of the business and could be adversely impacted by any efforts made by the Company to limit risk. If it is determined that the goodwill has been impaired, the Company must write down the goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a

25


Table of Contents

corresponding charge to net income. Such write downs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position. During 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $61.6 million against goodwill related to the banking segment.
          If current market conditions persist during 2011, in particular if mortgage markets decline, or if the Company’s actions to limit risk associated with its products or investments causes a significant change in any one reporting unit’s fair value, the Company may need to reassess goodwill impairment for the Sidus segment at the end of each quarter as part of an annual or interim impairment test. Subsequent reviews of goodwill could result in impairment of goodwill during 2011.
          Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. Factors in management’s determination include the performance of the business including the ability to generate capital gains from a variety of sources and tax planning strategies. If based on available information, it is more likely than not that the deferred income tax asset will not be realized then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to net income. There was no valuation allowance necessary as of December 31, 2010. Charges to record a valuation allowance could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
There can be no assurance that recently enacted legislation will help stabilize the U.S. financial system.
          As described above under Supervision and Regulation, in response to the challenges facing the financial services sector, a number of regulatory and governmental actions have been enacted or announced. There can be no assurance that these government actions will achieve their purpose. The failure of the financial markets to stabilize, or a continuation or worsening of the current financial market conditions, could have a material adverse affect on our business, our financial condition, the financial condition of our customers, our common stock trading price, as well as our ability to access credit. It could also result in declines in our investment portfolio which could be “other-than-temporary impairments.”
Yadkin may identify material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting that may adversely affect Yadkin’s ability to properly account for non-routine transactions.
          As we have grown and expanded, we have added, and expect to acquire or continue to add, businesses and other activities that complement our core retail and commercial banking functions. For example, we acquired American Community in a transaction that closed in April 2009. Such acquisitions or additions frequently involve complex operational and financial reporting issues that can, and have, influenced management’s internal control system. While we make every effort to thoroughly understand any new activity or acquired entity’s business process and properly integrate it into the Company, we encountered difficulties that impacted our internal controls over financial reporting in 2007 and in 2008, and can give no assurance that we will not encounter additional operational and financial reporting difficulties impacting our internal control over financial reporting.
Because of our participation in the CPP, we are subject to several restrictions including restrictions on compensation paid to our executives.
          Pursuant to the terms of the CPP purchase agreement between us and the Treasury, we adopted certain standards for executive compensation and corporate governance for the period during which the Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the CPP purchase agreement, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the CPP warrants. These standards generally apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include (1) ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution; (2) required clawback of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate; (3) prohibition on making golden parachute payments to senior executives; and (4) agreement not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive. In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation will likely increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods and may make it more difficult to attract suitable candidates to serve as executive officers.

26


Table of Contents

We may be required to defer dividend payments on our Series T Preferred Stock and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities in the future which would prevent us from being able to pay dividends on our common stock.
          The Federal Reserve may require us to defer dividend payments on our Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities. We are permitted to defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities for up to twenty consecutive quarters. As a condition to deferring payments of interest, we are prohibited from paying any dividends on our capital stock until deferred interest has been paid. If we fail to pay a total of six quarterly dividend payments on our Series T or Series T-ACB Preferred Stock, whether consecutive or not, Treasury is entitled to elect two directors to our Board of Directors. This right would continue until we paid all due but unpaid dividends. Also, we would be prohibited from paying any dividends on our common stock while payments on our Series T or Series T-ACB Preferred Stock are in arrears.
Our small- to medium-sized business target markets may have fewer financial resources to weather a downturn in the economy.
          We target the banking and financial services needs of small- and medium-sized businesses. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions continue to negatively impact these businesses in the markets in which we operate, our business, financial condition, and results of operation may be adversely affected.
We are exposed to changes in the regulation of financial services companies.
          Proposals for further regulation of the financial services industry are continually being introduced in the United States Congress and the General Assembly of the State of North Carolina. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations. On September 7, 2008, the Treasury announced that Fannie Mae (along with Freddie Mac) had been placed into conservatorship under the control of the newly created Federal Housing Finance Agency. On October 3, 2008, EESA was signed into law, and on October 14, 2008 the Treasury announced its Capital Purchase Program under EESA. Additionally, on February 17, 2009, the Recovery Act was signed into law to, among other things, create jobs and stimulate economic growth, and on March 23, 2009, Treasury, along with the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, announced the Public-Private Partnership Investment Program for Legacy Assets. It is possible that additional legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on our business. See “Risk Factors – We are subject to extensive regulation that could restrict our activities” above.
Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.
          As discussed in Item 1. Business, the Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain deposit insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, we are required to pay quarterly deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC.
          Although we cannot predict what the insurance assessment rates will be in the future, further deterioration in either risk-based capital ratios or adjustments to the base assessment rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
          The FDIC may terminate deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC.

27


Table of Contents

Our continued pace of growth may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed.
          We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. To support growth, we may need to raise additional capital. In addition, we hope to redeem the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock that we issued to the Treasury under the CPP before the dividends on the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock increase from 5% per annum to 9% per annum in 2014, and we may need to raise additional capital to do so. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to raise additional equity capital, your interest could be diluted.
We depend on out of market deposits as a source of funding.
          As of December 31, 2010, 5% of our deposits were obtained from out-of-market sources. To continue to have access to this source of funding, we are required to be classified as a “well capitalized” bank by the FDIC; whereas, if we only “meet” the adequate capital requirement, we must obtain permission from the FDIC in order to continue utilizing this source of funding.
Liquidity needs could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
     We rely on dividends from our bank subsidiary as our primary source of funds. The Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company without prior FDIC and Commissioner approval. There can be no assurances such approval would be granted or with regard to how long these restrictions will remain in place. The primary sources of funds of the bank subsidiary are customer deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters and international instability.
     Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to customers on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of investment securities and loans, and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market time deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands, particularly if we continue to grow and experience increasing loan demand. We may be required to slow or discontinue loan growth, capital expenditures or other investments or liquidate assets should such sources not be adequate.
We are exposed to the possibility of technology failure.
          We rely on our computer systems and the technology of outside service providers. Our daily operations depend on the operational effectiveness of their technology. We rely on our systems to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. If our computer systems or outside technology sources become unreliable, fail, or experience a breach of security, our ability to maintain accurate financial records may be impaired, which could materially affect our business operations and financial condition.
The capital and credit markets have experienced unprecedented levels of volatility.
     During 2008 and 2009, the capital and credit markets experienced extended volatility and disruption. In some cases, the markets produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit capacity for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If these levels of market disruption and volatility continue, worsen or abate and then arise at a later date, there can be no assurance that Yadkin will not experience a material adverse effect on its ability to access capital, its business, its financial condition, and its results of operations.

28


Table of Contents

     In response to financial conditions affecting the banking system and financial markets and the potential threats to the solvency of investment banks and other financial institutions, the United States government has taken unprecedented actions. These actions include the government-assisted acquisition of Bear Stearns by JPMorgan Chase, the federal conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and a historic bill authorizing the Treasury to invest in financial institutions and purchase mortgage loans and mortgage-backed and other securities from financial institutions for the purpose of stabilizing the financial markets or particular financial institutions. There can be no assurance as to when or if the government will take further steps to intervene in the financial sector and what impact government actions will have on the financial markets. Governmental intervention (or the lack thereof) could materially and adversely affect Yadkin’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
Significant risks accompany our recent and continued expansion.
     We have recently experienced significant growth in our acquisition of American Community, and may continue to grow by opening new branches or loan production offices and through acquisitions. Such expansion could place a strain on our resources, systems, operations, and cash flow. Our ability to manage this expansion will depend on our ability to monitor operations and control costs, maintain effective quality controls, expand our internal management and technical and accounting systems and otherwise successfully integrate new branches and acquired businesses. If we fail to do so, our business, financial condition, and operating results will be negatively impacted. Because we may continue to grow by opening new branches or loan production offices and acquiring banks or branches of other banks that we believe provide a strategic fit with our business, we cannot assure shareholders that we will be able to adequately or profitably manage this growth. Risks associated with acquisition activity include the following:
   
difficulties and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and merger partners;
 
   
inaccuracies in estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;
 
   
our ability to finance an acquisition;
 
   
the diversion of management’s attention to negotiate a transaction and integrate the operations and personnel of an acquired business;
 
   
our lack of experience in markets into which we may enter;
 
   
difficulties and expense in integrating the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;
 
   
loss of key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received; and
 
   
the incurrence and possible impairment of goodwill associated with an acquisition and possible adverse short-term effects on our results of operations.
     We may also issue equity securities, including common stock, and securities convertible into shares of our common stock in connection with future acquisitions, which could cause ownership and economic dilution to our current shareholders.
Our business strategy includes the continuation of growth plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to grow or fail to manage our growth effectively.
     We intend to continue pursuing a growth strategy for our business. Our prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by companies in growth stages of development. We cannot assure shareholders we will be able to expand our market presence in existing markets or successfully enter new markets or that any such expansion will not adversely affect its results of operations. Also, if our growth occurs more slowly than anticipated or declines, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Our ability to successfully grow will depend on a variety of factors, including the continued availability of desirable business opportunities, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market areas and our ability to manage growth. In addition, without additional capital we may not be able to carry out this strategy. Failure to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, future prospects, financial condition or results of operations, and could adversely affect our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Our ability to grow will also depend on whether we encounter additional operational and financial reporting difficulties as a result of future growth. If we encounter additional operational and financial reporting difficulties, our ability to grow in the future may be adversely affected.

29


Table of Contents

The success of our growth strategy depends on our ability to identify and retain individuals with experience and relationships in the markets in which we intend to expand.
     We intend to expand our banking network over the next several years, not just in our current markets of the central piedmont, research triangle and northwestern areas of North Carolina but also in other fast-growing markets throughout North Carolina, and in contiguous states. We believe that to expand into new markets successfully, we must identify and retain experienced key management members with local expertise and relationships in these markets. We expect that competition for qualified management in the markets in which we expand will be intense and that there will be a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of and experience in the community banking industry in these markets. Even if we identify individuals that we believe could assist in establishing a presence in a new market, we may be unable to recruit these individuals away from more established banks. Many experienced banking professionals employed by our competitors are covered by agreements not to compete or solicit their existing customers if they were to leave their current employment. These agreements make the recruitment of these professionals more difficult. The market for highly qualified banking professionals is competitive, and we cannot assure shareholders that we will be successful in attracting, hiring, motivating or retaining them.
     In addition, the process of identifying and recruiting individuals with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategy is often lengthy. Our inability to identify, recruit, and retain talented personnel to manage new branches effectively and in a timely manner would limit our growth and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
New or acquired banking office facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.
          We may not be able to identify profitable locations for new banking offices. The costs to start up new banking offices or to acquire existing branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our non-interest expense and decrease our earnings in the short term. If branches of other banks become available for sale, we may acquire those offices. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage our growth through the establishment or purchase of additional banking offices and we can provide no assurance that any such banking offices will successfully attract enough deposits to offset the expenses of their operation. In addition, any new or acquired banking offices will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in securing such approval.
We depend on key individuals, and the unexpected loss of one or more of these key individuals could curtail our growth and adversely affect our prospects.
     Joseph H. Towell, our president and chief executive officer, has substantial experience in the banking industry and has contributed significantly to our Company since joining in 2008. If we were to lose Mr. Towell’s services, he would be difficult to replace and our business and development could be materially and adversely affected. Our success is dependent on the personal contacts and local experience of Mr. Towell and other key management personnel in each of our market areas. Our success also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain experienced loan originators, as well as our ability to retain current key executive management personnel, including the chief financial officer, Jan H. Hollar. We have entered into employment agreements with each of these executive officers. The existence of such agreements, however, does not necessarily assure that we will be able to continue to retain their services. The unexpected loss of either of these key personnel could adversely affect our growth strategy and prospects to the extent we are unable to replace such personnel.
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties and our financial condition could be adversely affected if we rely on misleading information.
          In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent

30


Table of Contents

auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a customer’s audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading.
Interest rate volatility could significantly harm our business.
     Our results of operations are affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the regulatory policies of governmental authorities. A significant component of our earnings is our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between income from interest-earning assets, such as loans, and the expense of interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. We may not be able to effectively manage changes in what we charge as interest on our earning assets and the expense we must pay on interest-bearing liabilities, which may significantly reduce our earnings. The Federal Reserve has made significant changes in interest rates during the last few years. Since rates charged on loans often tend to react to market conditions faster than do rates paid on deposit accounts, these rate changes may have a negative impact on our earnings until we can make appropriate adjustments in our deposit rates. In addition, there are costs associated with our risk management techniques, and these costs could be material. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable and, therefore, there can be no assurances of our ability to continue to maintain a consistent positive spread between the interest earned on our earning assets and the interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. These risks are exacerbated by the recent developments in national and international financial markets, and we are unable to accurately predict what effect these uncertain market conditions will have on these risks.
Changes in prevailing interest rates may reduce our profitability.
     One of the key measures of our success is our amount of net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve.
     We are subject to interest rate risk because:
   
Assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times (for example, if assets reprice faster than liabilities and interest rates are generally falling, net income will initially decline),
 
   
Assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts (for example, when the general level of interest rates is falling, we may reduce rates paid on transaction and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general decline in market interest rates),
 
   
Short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts (for example, the shape of the yield curve may impact new or repricing loan yields and funding costs differently), and/or
 
   
The remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change (for example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, mortgage-backed securities held in the investment securities available for sale portfolio may prepay significantly earlier than anticipated, which could reduce portfolio income).
     Interest rates may also have a direct or indirect impact on loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, the mortgage-servicing rights portfolio, the value of our pension plan assets and liabilities, and other financial instruments directly or indirectly impacting net income.
     Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

31


Table of Contents

We are exposed to the possibility that more prepayments may be made by customers to pay down loan balances, which could reduce our interest income and profitability.
          Prepayment rates stem from consumer behavior, conditions in the housing and financial markets, general U.S. economic conditions, and the relative interest rates on fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. Therefore, changes in prepayment rates are difficult to predict. Recognition of deferred loan origination costs and premiums paid in originating these loans are normally recognized over the contractual life of each loan. As prepayments occur, the rate at which net deferred loan origination costs and premiums are expensed will accelerate. The effect of the acceleration of deferred costs and premium amortization may be mitigated by prepayment penalties paid by the borrower when the loan is paid in full within a certain period of time, which varies between loans. If prepayment occurs after the period of time when the loan is subject to a prepayment penalty, the effect of the acceleration of premium and deferred cost amortization is no longer mitigated. We recognize premiums paid on mortgage-backed securities as an adjustment from interest income over the expected life of the security based on the rate of repayment of the securities. Acceleration of prepayments on the loans underlying a mortgage-backed security shortens the life of the security, increases the rate at which premiums are expensed and further reduces interest income. We may not be able to reinvest loan and security prepayments at rates comparable to the prepaid instrument particularly in a period of declining interest rates.
We are subject to extensive regulation that could limit or restrict our activities.
     We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, and the Federal Reserve. Compliance with these regulations is costly and restricts certain activities, including payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates charged, interest rates paid on deposits, and locations of branches. We must also meet regulatory capital requirements. If we fail to meet these capital and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition, liquidity, and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. Our failure to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed” for regulatory purposes could affect customer confidence, our ability to grow, our cost of funds and FDIC insurance, our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock, and our ability to make acquisitions.
     The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any time, and the effects of these changes on our business and profitability cannot be predicted. For example, new legislation or regulation could limit the manner in which we conduct our business, including the ability to obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and expand our business through opening new branch offices. Many of these regulations are intended to protect depositors, the public, and the FDIC, not shareholders. In addition, the burden imposed by these regulations may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors who are less regulated. The laws, regulations, interpretations, and enforcement policies that apply to us have been subject to significant change in recent years, sometimes retroactively applied, and may change significantly in the future. The cost of compliance with these laws and regulations could adversely affect our ability to operate profitably. Moreover, as a regulated entity, we can be requested by regulators to implement changes to our operations. We have addressed areas of regulatory concern, including interest rate risk, through the adoption of board resolutions and improved policies and procedures.
Failure to comply with government regulation and supervision could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation.
     Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, and local governmental authorities. Given the current disruption in the financial markets, we expect that the government will continue to pass new regulations and laws that will impact us. Compliance with such regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, and policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and damage to our reputation. While we have policies and procedures in place that are designed to prevent violations of these laws, regulations, and policies, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur.
We face strong competition in our market area, which may limit our asset growth and profitability.
     The banking business in our primary market area, which is currently concentrated in the central piedmont, research triangle and northwestern areas of North Carolina, is very competitive, and the level of competition we face may increase

32


Table of Contents

further, which may limit our asset growth and profitability. We experience competition in both lending and attracting funds from other banks and nonbank financial institutions located within our market area, some of which are significantly larger, well-established institutions. Nonbank competitors for deposits and deposit-type accounts include savings associations, credit unions, securities firms, money market funds, life insurance companies and the mutual funds industry. For loans, we encounter competition from other banks, savings associations, finance companies, mortgage bankers and brokers, insurance companies, small loan and credit card companies, credit unions, pension trusts and securities firms. We may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size, lack of significant multi-state geographic diversification and inability to spread our marketing costs across a broader market.
Negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally could damage our reputation and adversely impact our earnings.
          Reputation risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion surrounding our company and the financial institutions industry generally, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance and acquisitions, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients and employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. Although we take steps to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our clients and communities, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.
We have implemented anti-takeover strategies that could make it more difficult for another company to purchase us, even though such a purchase may increase shareholder value.
          In many cases, shareholders might receive a premium for their shares if we were purchased by another company. State law and our articles of incorporation and bylaws make it difficult for anyone to purchase us without the approval of our board of directors. For example, our articles of incorporation include certain anti-takeover provisions, such as being subject to the Shareholder Protection Act and Control Share Acquisition Act under North Carolina law, which may have the effect of preventing shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares of common stock and discouraging a change of control of us by allowing minority shareholders to prevent a transaction favored by a majority of the shareholders. The primary purpose of these provisions is to encourage negotiations with our management by persons interested in acquiring control of us. These provisions may also tend to perpetuate present management and make it difficult for shareholders owning less than a majority of the shares to be able to elect even a single director.
Changes in banking laws could have a material adverse effect on us.
          We are extensively regulated under federal and state banking laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. In addition, we are subject to changes in federal and state laws as well as changes in banking and credit regulations, and governmental economic and monetary policies. We cannot predict whether any of these changes may adversely and materially affect us. The current regulatory environment for financial institutions entails significant potential increases in compliance requirements and associated costs, including those related to consumer credit, with a focus on mortgage lending. For example, the North Carolina legislature has passed a number of bills that impose additional requirements, limitations and liabilities on mortgage loan brokers, originators and servicers. Generally, these enactments cover banks as well as state-licensed mortgage lenders. The legislatures of other states in which Sidus operates that do not currently have these requirements, may enact similar legislation in the future.
          Federal and state banking regulators also possess broad powers to take supervisory actions as they deem appropriate. These supervisory actions may result in higher capital requirements, higher insurance premiums and limitations on our activities that could have a material adverse effect on our business and profitability.

33


Table of Contents

Our trading volume has been low compared with larger banks and bank holding companies and the sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could depress the price of our common stock.
          The average daily trading volume of our shares on The Nasdaq Global Select Market for the three months ended February 28, 2011 was approximately 26,000 shares. Lightly traded stock can be more volatile than stock trading in an active public market like that for the large bank holding companies. We cannot predict the extent to which an active public market for our common stock will develop or be sustained. In recent years, the stock market has experienced a high level of price and volume volatility, and market prices for the stock of many companies have experienced wide price fluctuations that have not necessarily been related to their operating performance. Therefore, our shareholders may not be able to sell their shares at the volumes, prices, or times that they desire. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of our common stock in the market, or availability of shares of our common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of our common stock. We therefore can give no assurance that sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the market, would not cause the price of our common stock to decline or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our common stock.
We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
          Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral we hold cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Legislation or regulatory changes could cause us to seek to repurchase the preferred stock and warrants that we sold to the Treasury pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program.
          Legislation that has been adopted after we closed on our sales of Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and warrants to the Treasury for $36.0 million and $13.3 million, respectively, pursuant to the CPP, or any legislation or regulations that may be implemented in the future, may have a material impact on the terms of our CPP transaction with the Treasury. If we determine that any such legislation or any regulations, in whole or in part, alter the terms of our CPP transaction with the Treasury in ways that we believe are adverse to our ability to effectively manage our business, then it is possible that we may seek to unwind, in whole or in part, the CPP transaction by repurchasing some or all of the preferred stock and warrants that we sold to the Treasury pursuant to the CPP. If we were to repurchase all or a portion of such preferred stock or warrants, then our capital levels could be materially reduced.
The Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock impacts net income available to our common shareholders and earnings per common share, and the warrant we issued to Treasury may be dilutive to holders of our common stock.
          The dividends declared on the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock will reduce the net income available to common shareholders and our earnings per common share. The Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock will also receive preferential treatment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Additionally, the ownership interest of the existing holders of our common stock will be diluted to the extent the warrant we issued to Treasury in conjunction with the sale to Treasury of the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock is exercised. The shares of common stock underlying the warrant represent approximately 3.3% of the shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2010 (including the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant in total shares outstanding). Although Treasury has agreed not to vote any of the shares of common stock it receives upon exercise of the warrant, a transferee of any portion of the warrant or of any shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of the warrant is not bound by this restriction.

34


Table of Contents

          Moreover, the securities purchase agreement between us and the Treasury pursuant to the CPP provides that prior to the earlier of (i) three years from the date of sale and (ii) the date on which all of the shares of the preferred stock have been redeemed by us or transferred by the Treasury to third parties, we may not, without the consent of the U.S. Treasury, (a) increase the cash dividend on our common stock or (b) subject to limited exceptions, redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire shares of our common stock or preferred stock (other than the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock) or trust preferred securities.
If we are unable to redeem the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock after five years, we will be required to make higher dividend payments on this stock, thereby substantially increasing our cost of capital.
          If we are unable to redeem the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock prior to February 15, 2014 and July 24, 2014, respectively, the dividend rate will increase substantially on that date, from 5.0% per annum to 9.0% per annum. Depending on our financial condition at the time, this increase in the annual dividend rate on the preferred stock could have a material negative effect on our liquidity, our net income available to common shareholders, and our earnings per share.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
          Not Applicable

35


Table of Contents

Item 2 — Properties
The Company currently operates out of 38 full-service banking offices, 11 mortgage lending offices operated by Sidus, 9 administrative offices, and one loan production office as set forth below:
                 
    Approximate Square   Year Established/
Office location   Footage   Acquired
110 West Market Street, Elkin, NC
    2,350       1968  
1318 North Bridge Street Elkin, NC
    4,550       1989  
101 North Bridge Street, Jonesville, NC
    2,275       1971  
117 Paulines Street, East Bend, NC
    2,400       1998  
1404 West D Street, North Wilkesboro, NC
    3,178       1984  
301 West Main Street, Wilkesboro, NC
    2,400       1991  
709 East Main Street, Jefferson, NC
    4,159       1986  
1488 Mount Jefferson Road, West Jefferson, NC
    4,900       2001  
516 Hawthorne Drive, Yadkinville, NC
    4,532       2007  
4611 Yadkinville Road, Pfafftown, NC
    2,400       2007  
3804 Peachtree Ave #220E, Wilmington, NC (LPO)
    1,200       2007  
 
               
Offices doing business as Piedmont Bank -
               
325 East Front Street, Statesville, NC
    4,990       1998  
127 North Cross Lane, Statesville, NC
    2,485       1997  
165 Williamson Road, Mooresville, NC
    5,093       1998  
520 East Plaza Drive, Mooresville, NC
    3,689       2000  
19525 West Catawba Avenue, Cornelius, NC
    2,834       2000  
100 North Statesville Road, Huntersville, NC
    2,923       2000  
197 Medical Park Road, Mooresville, NC
    12,280       2005  
3475 East Broad St, Statesville, NC
    1,800       2006  
 
               
Offices doing business as High Country Bank-
               
149 Jefferson Road, Boone, NC
    4,600       1998  
176 Shadowline Drive, Boone, NC
    1,700       2000  
783 W. King Street Ste A, Boone, NC
    1,200       2004  
3618 Mitchell Ave, Linville, NC
    3,000       2005  
 
               
Offices doing business as Cardinal State Bank-
               
237 South Churton Street, Hillsborough, NC
    3,250       2008  
5309 Highgate Drive, Durham, NC
    3,300       2008  
115 East Carver Street, Durham, NC
    4,300       2008  
3400 Westgate Drive, Durham, NC
    2,400       2008  
405 N. Main St, Creedmoor, NC
    1,056       2008  
 
               
Offices doing business as American Community Bank-
               
2593 West Roosevelt Boulevard, Monroe, NC
    14,774       2009  
13860 East Independence Boulevard, Indian Trail, NC
    3,850       2009  
7001 East Marshville Boulevard, Marshville, NC
    3,500       2009  
7200 Matthews-Mint Hill Road, Mint Hill, NC
    2,500       2009  
3500 Mt. Holly-Huntersville Road, Charlotte, NC
    4,500       2009  
4500 Cameron Valley Parkway, Charlotte, NC
    2,800       2009  
2130 South Boulevard, Charlotte, NC
    5,400       2009  
217 North Granard Street, Gaffney, SC
    11,000       2009  
207 West Cherokee Street, Blacksburg, SC
    2,500       2009  
626 Chesnee Highway, Gaffney, SC
    2,500       2009  
1738 Gold Hill Road, Tega Cay, SC
    3,100       2009  

36


Table of Contents

                 
    Approximate Square   Year Established/
Office location   Footage   Acquired
Offices operated by Sidus Financial, LLC-
               
1073 13th Street SE, Hickory, NC
    750       2004  
350 South Cox Ste D, Asheboro, NC
    800       2004  
5001 Craig Rath Blvd. Midlothian, VA
    2,691       2004  
1824 E. Main St, Easley, SC
    1,000       2004  
6511 Creedmoor Road Ste 207, Raleigh, NC
    1,150       2006  
2403 W. Nash Street, Wilson, NC
    950       2006  
#16 Causeway Shopping Center, Atlantic Beach, NC
    600       2006  
1 Bedford Farms Drive Bedford NH
    3,653       2008  
2300 S. Croatan Hwy, Nags Head, NC
    1100       2009  
701 Green Valley Rd, Greensboro, NC
    5,000       2010  
1820 Stonehenge Dr, Greenville, NC
    15,000       2010  
 
               
Offices housing administration and operations-
               
209 North Bridge Street, Elkin, NC
    6,120       1979  
290 North Bridge Street, Elkin, NC
    2,516       1995  
204 South Elm Street, Statesville, NC
    5,435       2000  
120 South Elm Street, Statesville, NC
    2,381       2001  
482 State Farm Road, Boone, NC
    2,900       2003  
101 West Main Street, Elkin
    13,480       2004  
3710 University Drive, Durham, NC
    12,000       2008  
300 East Broad Street, Statesville, NC
    6,000       2009  
328 East Broad Street, Statesville, NC
    2,500       2010  
Item 3 — Legal Proceedings
     In the course of ordinary business, the Company may, from time to time, be named a party to legal actions and proceedings. In accordance with GAAP the Company establishes reserves for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. When loss contingencies are not both probable and estimable, the Company does not establish reserves.
     Although the Company is a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, there are no legal proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of management, threatened which, in the opinion of management, will have a material adverse affect on the financial condition or results of operation of the Company.
Item 4 — (Removed and Reserved)

37


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5 —Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
     Market for the Common Stock of the Company. Yadkin first issued common stock during 1968 in connection with its initial incorporation and the commencement of its banking operations. Yadkin’s common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “YAVY.” As of February 28, 2011, the Company had 5,826 shareholders of record.
          The following table lists high and low published closing prices of Yadkin’s common stock (as reported on The Nasdaq Global Select) for the calendar quarters indicated:

                         
            Sale Price
    Dividends   Common Stock
    Paid   High   Low
2010
                       
First Quarter
  $        $    4.48        $    3.43  
Second Quarter
          5.51       3.33  
Third Quarter
          3.32       2.30  
Fourth Quarter
          2.65       1.63  
                         
            Sale Price
    Dividends   Common Stock
    Paid   High   Low
2009
                       
First Quarter
  $ 0.06        $    14.00        $    3.27  
Second Quarter
    0.06       8.20       5.08  
Third Quarter
    -           7.25       4.67  
Fourth Quarter
    -           4.39       3.29  


     Dividends. In the future, any declaration and payment of cash dividends will be subject to Yadkin’s Board of Directors’ evaluation of its operating results, financial condition, future growth plans, general business and economic conditions, and tax and other relevant considerations. Also, the payment of cash dividends by Yadkin in the future will be subject to certain other legal and regulatory limitations (including the requirement that Yadkin’s capital be maintained at certain minimum levels) and will be subject to ongoing review by banking regulators. We may be required to defer dividend payments on the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and interest payments on the trust preferred securities in the future. If we defer dividend payments on the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities, we will be prohibited from paying any dividends on our common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full. Prior to January 16, 2012, so long as the U.S. Treasury owns shares of the Series T Preferred Stock, we are not permitted to increase cash dividends on our common stock without the U.S. Treasury’s consent. Additionally, prior to July 24, 2012, so long as the Treasury owns shares of the Series T-ACB Preferred Stock, we are not permitted to increase cash dividends on our common stock without the Treasury’s consent. There is no assurance that, in the future, Yadkin will have funds available to pay cash dividends, or, even if funds are available, that it will pay dividends in any particular amount or at any particular times, or that it will pay dividends at all.
     Regulatory restrictions on cash dividends. As a holding company, we are dependent upon our subsidiary, the bank, to provide funding for our operating expenses and dividends. North Carolina banking law requires that cash dividends be paid out of retained earnings and prohibits the payment of cash dividends if payment of the dividend would cause the bank’s surplus to be less than 50% of its paid-in capital. Also, under federal banking law, no cash dividend may be paid if the Bank is undercapitalized or insolvent or if payment of the cash dividend would render the bank undercapitalized or insolvent, and no cash dividend may be paid by the Bank if it is in default of any deposit insurance assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company without prior FDIC and Commissioner approval. There can be no assurances such approval would be granted or with regard to how long these restrictions will remain in place.
     We suspended our common stock repurchase plan in 2008, which we historically used to (1) reduce the number of shares outstanding when our share price in the market made repurchases advantageous and (2) manage capital levels. Therefore, there were no share repurchase transactions for the quarter or year ended December 31, 2010.

38


Table of Contents

     Item 6 — Selected Financial Data
                                         
    ($ in thousands, except per share data)
    At or for the Year Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
Operating Data:
                                       
Total interest income
    $ 99,002       $ 95,542       $ 74,526       $ 75,193       $ 67,306  
Total interest expense
    34,333       31,831       34,536       33,300       26,429  
 
                   
Net interest income
    64,669       63,711       39,990       41,893       40,877  
Provision for loan losses
    24,349       48,439       11,109       2,489       2,165  
 
                   
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    40,320       15,272       28,881       39,404       38,712  
Non-interest income
    22,138       24,843       15,864       15,731       14,345  
Non-interest expenses
    63,859       124,048       39,637       33,246       32,093  
 
                   
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (1,401 )     (83,933 )     5,108       21,889       20,964  
Provision for income taxes
    (1,389 )     (8,876 )     1,241       7,201       7,172  
 
                   
Net income (loss)
    (12 )     (75,057 )     3,867       14,688       13,792  
Preferred stock dividend and amortization of preferred stock discount
    3,181       2,435       -          -          -     
 
                   
Net income (loss) to common shareholders
    $ (3,193 )     $ (77,492 )     $ 3,867       $ 14,688       $ 13,792  
 
                   
 
                                       
Per Share Data:
                                       
Earnings (loss) per share - basic
    $ (0.20 )     $ (5.23 )     $ 0.34       $ 1.39       $ 1.30  
Earnings (loss) per share - diluted
    (0.20 )     (5.23 )     0.34       1.37       1.28  
Cash dividends per share
    -           0.12       0.52       0.51       0.47  
Weighted average shares outstanding*
                                       
Basic
    16,129,640       14,808,325       11,235,943       10,594,567       10,640,819  
Diluted
    16,129,640       14,808,325       11,306,742       10,712,667       10,788,798  
 
                                       
Selected Year-End Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Loans, net, and loans held for sale
    $ 1,613,206       $ 1,677,538       $ 1,215,143       $ 939,061       $ 846,432  
Total assets
    2,300,594       2,113,612       1,524,288       1,211,077       1,120,865  
Deposits
    2,020,406       1,821,752       1,155,042       963,442       907,847  
Shareholders’ equity
    147,457       152,266       149,644       133,269       124,399  
 
                                       
Selected Ratios:
                                       
Return (loss) on average assets
    (0.14%)       (3.96%)       0.28%       1.31%       1.31%  
Return (loss) on average equity
    (2.08%)       (40.50%)       2.66%       11.32%       11.52%  
Dividend payout
    0.00%       (59.09%)     154.80%       36.77%       36.15%  
Average equity to average assets
    6.89%       9.78%       10.55%       11.53%       11.69%  
 
* Weighted average shares outstanding excludes 18,000 shares of nonvested, restricted stock.
The American Community and Cardinal acquisitions’ results of operations are included from the date of acquisition forward.

39


Table of Contents

Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
          The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes combined in Item 8 of this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors. The following discussion is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Because Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation has no material operations and conducts no business on its own other than owning its subsidiary, Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust (“the Bank”), the discussion contained in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis concerns primarily the business of the Bank. However, for ease of reading and because the financial statements are presented on a consolidated basis, Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust are collectively referred to herein as the Company unless otherwise noted.
          The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations describes our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008, and also analyzes our financial condition as of December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009. Like most financial institutions, we derive most of our income from interest we receive on our loans and investments. Our primary source of funds for making these loans and investments is our deposits, on most of which we pay interest. Consequently, one of the key measures of our success is the amount of net interest income, or the difference between the income on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. Another key measure is the spread between the yield we earn on these interest-earning assets and the rate we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities.
          There are risks inherent in all loans, so we maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb our estimate of probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. We establish and maintain this allowance by charging a provision for loan losses against our operating earnings. In the following section, we have included a detailed discussion of this process.
          In addition to earning interest on our loans and investments, we earn income through fees and other expenses we charge to our customers. We describe the various components of this noninterest income, as well as our noninterest expense, in the following discussion.
          Markets in the United States and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and disruption for more than 12 months. These circumstances have exerted significant downward pressure on prices of equity securities and virtually all other asset classes, and have resulted in substantially increased market volatility, severely constrained credit and capital markets, particularly for financial institutions, and an overall loss of investor confidence. Loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions resulting from, among other factors, a weak economy and a decline in the value of the collateral supporting their loans. Dramatic slowdowns in the housing industry with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment have created strains on financial institutions. Many borrowers are now unable to repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing these loans has, in some cases, declined below the loan balance. The following discussion and analysis describes our performance in this challenging economic environment.
          The following discussion and analysis also identifies significant factors that have affected our financial position and operating results during the periods included in the accompanying financial statements. We encourage you to read this discussion and analysis in conjunction with our financial statements and the other statistical information included in this report. Throughout MD&A we make reference to tangible equity which is a non-GAAP measure. See page 54 for a reconciliation from the GAAP measure to non-GAAP measure.
Critical Accounting Policies
          The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and conform to general practices within the banking industry. The more critical accounting and reporting policies include the Bank’s accounting for loans, the provision and allowance for loan losses and goodwill. In particular, the Bank’s accounting policies relating to the provision and allowance for loan losses and possible impairment of goodwill involve the use of estimates and require significant judgments to be made by management.

40


Table of Contents

Different assumptions in the application of these policies could result in material differences in the consolidated financial position or consolidated results of operations. Please see the discussion below under “Loans,” “Provision for Allowance for Loan Losses,” and “Goodwill.” Also, please refer to Note 1 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for additional information regarding all of the Bank’s critical and significant accounting policies.
     LOANS – Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are stated at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any deferred fees and costs. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. Loan origination and other fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.
     PROVISIONS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES – We have established an allowance for loan losses through a provision for loan losses charged to expense on our statements of income. The allowance for loan losses represents an amount which we believe will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. Our judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on a number of assumptions about future events, which we believe to be reasonable, but may differ from actual results. Our determination of the allowance for loan losses is based on evaluations of the collectability of loans, including consideration of factors such as the balance of impaired loans, the quality, mix, and size of our overall loan portfolio, economic conditions that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the amount and quality of collateral securing the loans, our historical loan loss experience and a review of specific problem loans. We also consider subjective issues such as changes in the lending policies and procedures, changes in the local/national economy, changes in volume or type of credits, changes in volume/severity of problem loans, quality of loan review and board of director oversight, concentrations of credit, and peer group comparisons. Periodically, we adjust the amount of the allowance based on changing circumstances. We charge recognized losses to the allowance for loan losses and add subsequent recoveries back to the allowance for loan losses. There can be no assurance that charge-offs of loans in future periods will not exceed the allowance for loan losses as estimated at any point in time or that provisions for loan losses will not be significant to a particular accounting period, especially considering the overall weakness in the commercial real estate market in our market areas.
     GOODWILL – Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination, is tested at least annually for impairment. The impairment test is a two-step process that begins with an initial impairment evaluation. If the initial evaluation suggests that an impairment of the asset value exists, the second step will determine the amount of the impairment, if any. If the tests conclude that goodwill is impaired, the carrying value will be adjusted, and an impairment charge will be recorded. Given the substantial declines in our common stock price, declining operating results, asset quality trends, market comparables and the economic outlook for our industry, the Company recorded a $61.6 million goodwill impairment charge to write-off all of its goodwill at the Bank reporting unit during 2009. The remaining $4.9 million in goodwill is related to the Sidus segment and will continue to be reviewed for impairment at least annually. For further discussion of goodwill impairment, refer to Note 22 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
     OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED “OREO” – OREO property obtained in satisfaction of a loan is recorded at its estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs based upon the property’s appraised value at the date of transfer, with any difference between the fair value of the property and the carrying value of the loan charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent declines in value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are charged to noninterest expense. Gains or losses resulting from the sale of OREO are recognized in noninterest expense on the date of sale.
     DEFERRED TAX ASSETS – At December 31, 2010, we had $15.6 million in deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more-likely-than-not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. All available evidence, both positive and negative, was considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, impairment should be recognized. Our forecast process includes judgmental and quantitative elements that may be subject to significant change. If our forecast of taxable income within the carryforward periods available under applicable law is not sufficient to cover the amount of net deferred tax assets, such assets may be impaired. Based on our analysis of both positive and negative evidence we concluded there was no impairment of the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2010.
Financial Condition
          The Bank’s total assets increased 8.9% from $2,113.6 million at December 31, 2009 to $2,300.6 million at December 31, 2010. Total gross loans decreased 4.4% from $1,726.2 million at December 31, 2009 to $1,651.0 million at December 31, 2010. Deposits grew 10.9% from $1,821.8 million at December 31, 2009 to $2,020.4 million at December 31, 2010.

41


Table of Contents

          Loans held for investment decreased by $75.9 million, or 4.5% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The table below presents the increases (decreases) in loans year over year.
                                 
    Balance   Balance   Increase   % Increase
Loan Category   12/31/10   12/31/09   (Decrease)   (Decrease)
    (dollar amounts in millions)  
Construction
    $ 300.9       $ 364.9       $ (64.0 )     -17.5 %
Commercial real estate
    621.4       583.1       38.3       6.6 %
1-4 family mortgage loans
    174.5       169.8       4.7       2.8 %
1-4 family equity lines
    209.3       202.7       6.6       3.3 %
Multifamily
    29.3       36.0       (6.7 )     -18.6 %
Commercial, other
    222.7       271.4       (48.7 )     -17.9 %
Consumer
    42.4       48.5       (6.1 )     -12.6 %
 
               
Total loans
    $ 1,600.5       $ 1,676.4       $ (75.9 )     -4.5 %
 
               
          Loan composition includes commercial real estate loans which account for 39% of total loans, followed by construction and land development loans at 19%, commercial and industrial loans at 14%, home equity lines at 13%, residential 1-4 family first mortgage liens at 11%, and consumer loans at 3%.
          The weighted average rate for loans held for investment at December 31, 2010 was 5.53% as compared to 5.40% at December 31, 2009. Fixed rate loans comprised 54% of total loans held for investment at December 31, 2010, an increase from 53% at the prior year end. Fixed rate loans held at the end of the current and prior year yielded 6.24% and 6.27%, respectively, a decrease of 3 basis points. At December 31, 2010, and 2009, the aggregate yields of variable rate loans were 4.71% and 4.43%, respectively, an increase of 28 basis points. This increase is attributable to strategic loan pricing on variable rate loan products and the impact of interest rate floors established on certain variable rate loans.
          Mortgage loans held-for-sale increased by $704,000, or 1.4%, as total year-to-date loan closings at December 31, 2010 were $937.0 million, compared to year-to-date loan closings at December 31, 2009 of $1,646.0 million. These loans are closed, managed, and sold by Sidus. The Bank continued its strategy of selling mortgage loans mostly to various investors with servicing released and to a lesser extent to the Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation with servicing rights retained. Loans held-for-sale are normally sold to investors within two to three weeks after closing. Loans closed by Sidus during 2010 totaled $937.0 million with monthly volumes ranging from $40.4 million in February to $133.8 million in November.
          The securities portfolio increased by $114.2 million, or 62.1%, due to purchases of $230.9 million. These increases were offset by $59.1 million in principal reductions and maturities, and $53.3 million in sales. All securities were held in the available-for-sale category and included U.S. Government agency securities of $14.6 million, or 4.9%, state and municipal securities of $72.6 million, or 24.4%, mortgage-backed securities of $52.1 million, or 17.5%, collateralized mortgage obligations of $157.6 million, or 52.9%, and $1.1 million, or 0.4%, in other common and preferred stocks. The unrealized gains decreased to a net unrealized gain of $917,000 from a net unrealized gain of $4.7 million. The tax equivalent yield on securities held at December 31, 2010 was 3.26%, a decrease from 4.77% a year earlier.
          Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, increased by $2.3 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. Additions were $5.4 million in premises and equipment while depreciation and disposals accounted for a $3.0 million decrease.

42


Table of Contents

          Foreclosed real estate, also referred to as “Other Real Estate Owned” (“OREO”), increased by $11.2 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. The following table presents the foreclosed real estate:
                 
    2010   2009
Beginning balance
    $ 14,344,599       $ 4,017,880  
Loans transferred to OREO
    21,232,204       18,641,826  
OREO acquired in American Community merger
    -           432,796  
Proceeds of sales, net of selling expenses
    (7,570,869 )     (7,189,530 )
Loss on sale of OREO
    (2,423,700 )     (1,558,373 )
 
       
Ending balance of OREO
    $ 25,582,234       $ 14,344,599  
 
       
          Fair value of OREO is based on recent appraisals or discounted collateral values for properties in which recent appraisals were not available.
          Other assets decreased by $12.4 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. The majority of the decrease was related to the current income taxes receivable and deferred tax assets that were decreased from $26.4 million to $19.9 million. In addition, prepaid FDIC insurance decreased from $10.5 million at December 31, 2009 to $6.4 million as of December 31, 2010.
          Deposits grew by $198.7 million, or 10.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2010. The table below presents the increases year over year.
                                 
    Balance   Balance   Increase   % Increase
Deposit Category   12/31/10   12/31/09   (Decrease)   (Decrease)
    (dollar amounts in millions)
Certificates of Deposit
    $ 1,214.4       $ 1,168.4       $ 46.0       3.9 %
Money market
    388.0       231.3       156.7       67.7 %
NOW
    148.2       160.9       (12.7 )     -7.9 %
Savings
    53.6       53.3       0.3       0.6 %
Demand deposits
    216.2       207.9       8.3       4.0 %
 
               
Total deposits
    $ 2,020.4       $ 1,821.8       $ 198.6       10.9 %
 
               
          Money Market accounts were the largest contributor to deposit growth with an increase of $156.7 million. Money Market rates were offered at rates in line with competitors’ rates and at one or more special rates and priced at 25-50 basis points higher than competitors’ rates for limited periods. These rates were needed in order to build a deposit base sufficient for liquidity. Although there is no concentration of deposits from one individual or entity, the Bank does have $477.0 million or 23.6% of its total deposits in the over $100,000 (“jumbo CDs”) category. Jumbo CDs decreased by $83.8 million, or 14.9%, over the balance at December 31, 2009. The Bank’s brokered CD’s are approximately 5% of the Bank’s total deposits and are discussed in further detail under “Liquidity Management” on page 50.
          The weighted-average rate for CDs outstanding on December 31, 2010 was 2.23% down from 2.32% at the end of the prior year. During 2010 the aggregate CD rate decreased as CDs repriced throughout the year. The weighted-average rate paid on outstanding jumbo CDs at December 31, 2010 was 5 basis points higher than on other CDs, an increase from the prior year-end spread of 3 basis points. The weighted-average remaining term on jumbo CDs at December 31, 2010 was 15.3 months, up from 11.5 months, at the end of 2009 and 8.8 months at the end of 2008.
          There was an overall increase in checking account balances and a shift in the mix from interest bearing NOW deposits to money market accounts. This shift in mix can be attributed to the weakening economy as rate-conscious customers continued to look for better opportunities to earn interest on their balances.

43


Table of Contents

          In addition to deposits, funding for the Bank’s assets was obtained from overnight repurchase agreements with businesses in the local market area. Funds borrowed under repurchase agreements decreased from $48.0 million at December 31, 2009 to $41.9 million at December 31, 2010. Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2010 totaled $39.0 million compared to $39.0 million at December 31, 2009. On November 1, 2007, the Company issued $25.0 million in trust preferred securities at the floating interest rate of three month LIBOR plus 132 basis points. The initial interest rate was 6.21% for the period beginning November 1 through December 15, 2007. The rate will adjust quarterly, thereafter. The interest rate at December 31, 2010 was 1.62% and will be effective until March 14, 2011. These securities are classified as long-term debt and mature in the year 2032. The Company has the option to call for redemption of the securities in 2012. The proceeds provided funding for the acquisition of Cardinal at the end of the first quarter of 2008. In addition to the $25.0 million in trust preferred securities issued in 2007, the Company acquired $10.0 million in trust preferred securities in the American Community acquisition. These trust preferred securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a rate priced off 90-day LIBOR plus 280 basis points. Their interest rate at December 31, 2010 was 3.09% and they are redeemable on December 15, 2033.
          The Company also acquired from American Community, capital lease obligations in the amount of $2.4 million. See Note 14 in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
          Other liabilities decreased by $416,000, or 3.9%, from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. The decrease was due primarily to a decrease in liabilities related to interest rate lock commitments.
Effect of Economic Trends
          The recent downturn in the real estate market has resulted in increased loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures during the last three years. In some cases, this downturn has resulted in a significant impairment to the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. Management continues to monitor real estate trends and its effect on our portfolio, and is continuing to monitor credits with weaknesses.
          Following an economic decline and historically low interest rates that ended in the first six months of 2004, the Federal Reserve began increasing short-term rates as the economy showed signs of strengthening. Between July 2004 and July 2006, the Federal Reserve increased rates at 17 of their meetings for a total of 425 basis points. Between July 2006 and September 18, 2007, the Federal Reserve allowed short-term rates to remain unchanged. Beginning in July 2004 and continuing until September 18, 2007, our rates on both short-term or variable rate interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities increased. The momentum of the 17 rate increases resulted in higher rates on interest-earning assets and higher rates on interest-bearing liabilities during the first nine months of 2007; subsequently, as fixed rate loans, deposits, and borrowings matured during this period they repriced at higher interest rates. In late September 2007, the Federal Reserve reversed its position and lowered the short-term rates initially by 50 basis points and by an additional 50 basis points in the fourth quarter of 2007. The Federal Reserve continued to aggressively decrease rates by lowering the short-term rate 400 basis points during 2008 which has caused the rates on our short-term or variable rate assets and liabilities to decline. The following discussion includes our analysis of the effect that we anticipate changes in interest rates will have on our financial condition. However, we can give no assurances as to the future actions of the Federal Reserve or to the anticipated results that will actually occur.
Results of Operations
          Net loss available to common shareholders for 2010 was $3.2 million compared to a net loss of $77.5 million in 2009 and net income of $3.9 million in 2008. Basic net loss per common share available to common shareholders was $(0.20) in 2010 compared to basic net loss per common share of $(5.23) in 2009 and basic net income per common share of $0.34 in 2008. Diluted net loss per common share available to common shareholders was $(0.20) in 2010 compared to diluted net loss per common share of $(5.23) and diluted net income per common share of $0.34 in 2008. The Company’s net loss before preferred dividends for 2010 was $12,000, a decrease in loss of $75.0 million from 2009 net loss before preferred dividends of $75.1 million. Return (loss) on average assets was (0.14)% in 2010, (3.96)% in 2009, and 0.28% in 2008. Return (loss) on average equity was (2.08)% in 2010, (40.50)% in 2009, and 2.66% in 2008. Return (loss) on tangible equity (calculated as average equity of $153.8 million, excluding average goodwill and core deposit intangibles of $10.5 million) was (2.23)% in 2010, (55.78)% in 2009 and 4.06% in 2008. The return on assets increased significantly in 2010 as a result of decreased net loss primarily due to the write down of goodwill in 2009. The return on equity increased as earnings

44


Table of Contents

increased. The decrease in return on assets in 2009 was a result of the write down of goodwill and increase in provision for loan losses as compared to 2008.
Net Interest Income
          Net interest income is the primary source of operating income for the Company. Net interest income is the difference between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. The factors that influence net interest income include both changes in interest rates and changes in volume and mix of loans and deposits.
          For analytical purposes, net interest income may be reported on a tax-equivalent basis, which illustrates the tax savings on loans and investments exempt from state and/or federal income taxes. The tables that follow, Interest Rates Earned and Paid, and Interest Rate/Volume Analysis, represent components of net interest income for the years 2010, 2009, and 2008. These tables present changes in interest income and expense and net interest income changes caused by rate and/or volume.
          Net interest income increased $1.0 million, or 1.5%, in 2010 from 2009 compared to an increase of $23.7 million, or 59.3%, in 2009 over 2008. As the Rate/Volume Variance Analysis table of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities shows, the increase in net interest income was attributable to an increase in volume or asset growth offset partially by a decrease attributable to declining interest rates on interest earning assets. The increase in volume contributed net interest income of $2.2 million, and the decrease in rates decreased net interest income by $1.1 million. Acquisition accounting adjustments increased net interest income by $10.5 million in the prior year and $2.5 million in the current year. Average earning assets increased $283.2 million, or 15.7%, in 2010 over 2009 after increasing $567.2 million, or 45.8%, in 2009. Average loans increased $100.4 million, or 6.3%, in 2010 compared with an increase of $507.5 million, or 46.6%, in 2009. Average investment securities increased $43.2 million, or 22.8%, from 2009 to 2010 compared to an increase of $50.7 million, or 36.5%, from 2008 to 2009.
          The net interest margin (tax-equivalent net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets) decreased to 3.15% from 3.59% comparing 2010 to 2009 after increasing to 3.59% from 3.29% for the prior comparative periods. This decrease is due to the decreased accretion of fair value adjustments recognized in the American Community merger in 2010 as compared to 2009. Excluding the accretion of fair value adjustments, net interest margin was 3.03% and 3.01% in 2010 and 2009, respectively. As the Interest Rate/Volume Variance Analysis table (page 46) shows, the increase in net interest income during 2010 attributable to volume (asset and liability growth) was $2.2 million while rate decreases on interest-bearing assets and liabilities decreased net interest income by $1.1 million.
          Interest spread was 2.94% in 2010 compared to 3.31% in 2009 and 2.84% in 2008. Interest spread measures the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets (tax-equivalent interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets) and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The rate declines in 2009 and 2008 contributed to the earning asset rate decline from 5.35% in 2009 to 4.79% in 2010 as assets continued to reprice at lower rates. The general decline in rates also contributed to a decline of 19 basis points in the interest-bearing liability rate from 2009 to 2010, as compared to the 120 basis point decline in the earning asset rate. The following table presents the daily average balances, interest income and expense, and average rates earned and paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities of the Bank for 2010, 2009, and 2008.

45


Table of Contents

Interest Rates Earned and Paid
                                                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2010     Year Ended December 31, 2009     Year Ended December 31, 2008
    Average           Yield/   Average           Yield/   Average           Yield/
    Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    (Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Federal funds sold
    $ 4,424       $ 10       0.23 %     $ 13,090       $ 25       0.19 %     $ 2,451       $ 56       2.28 %
Interest-bearing deposits
    156,583       385       0.25 %     8,344       45       0.54 %     9,885       376       3.80 %
Investment securities (1)
    232,577       8,742       3.76 %     189,333       8,051       4.25 %     138,674       7,304       5.27 %
Total loans (1)(2)(6)
    1,696,469       91,012       5.36 %     1,596,094       88,486       5.54 %     1,088,626       67,609       6.21 %
                                           
 
                                                                       
Total interest-earning assets
    2,090,053       100,149       4.79 %     1,806,861       96,607       5.35 %     1,239,636       75,345       6.08 %
                                     
 
                                                                       
Non-earning assets
    142,102                       150,434                       136,221                  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                       
Total assets
    $ 2,232,155                       $ 1,957,295                       $ 1,375,857                  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Deposits (7):
                                                                       
NOW and money market
    $ 417,695       3,364       0.81 %     $ 330,348       3,002       0.91 %     $ 235,836       3,866       1.64 %
Savings
    54,664       133       0.24 %     47,603       127       0.27 %     36,949       185       0.50 %
Time certificates
    1,258,639       28,396       2.26 %     1,024,653       25,855       2.52 %     640,282       26,210       4.09 %
                                           
Total interest bearing deposits
    1,730,998       31,893               1,402,604       28,984               913,067       30,261       3.31 %
Repurchase agreements sold
    46,643       519       1.11 %     57,465       659       1.15 %     48,981       1,132       2.31 %
Borrowed funds (8)
    74,074       1,921       2.59 %     103,634       2,188       2.11 %     103,086       3,143       3.05 %
                                           
 
                                                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,851,715       34,333       1.85 %     1,563,703       31,831       2.04 %     1,065,134       34,536       3.24 %
                                     
 
                                                                       
Non-interest bearing deposits
    211,027                       190,363                       155,503                  
Stockholders’ equity
    154,401                       191,363                       145,184                  
Other liabilities
    15,012                       11,866                       10,036                  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                       
Total average liabilities and stockholders’ equity
    $ 2,232,155                       $ 1,957,295                       $ 1,375,857                  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                       
Net interest income (3) and interest rate spread (5)
            $ 65,816       2.94 %             $ 64,776       3.31 %             $ 40,809       2.84 %
                                     
 
                                                                       
Net interest margin (4)
                    3.15 %                     3.59 %                     3.29 %
 
                                                           
(1) Yields relate to investment securities and loans exempt from Federal income taxes are stated on a fully tax-equivalent basis, assuming a Federal income tax rate of 35%. The calculation includes an adjustment for the nondeductible portion of interest expense used to fund tax-exempt assets.
(2) The loan average includes loans on which accrual of interest has been discontinued.
(3) The net interest income is the difference between income from earning assets and interest expense.
(4) Net interest margin is net interest income divided by total average earning assets.
(5) Interest spread is the difference between the average interest rate received on earning assets and the average interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(6) Interest income on loans includes $1.6 million and $6.0 million in accretion of fair market value adjustments related to recent mergers for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated accretion for 2011 is $1.3 million.
(7) Interest expense on deposits includes $778,000 and $4.3 million in accretion of fair market value adjustments related to recent mergers for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated accretion for 2011 is $302,000.
(8) Interest expense on borrowings includes $118,000 and $91,000 in accretion of fair market value adjustments related to recent mergers for 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated accretion for 2011 is $111,000.
The following table analyzes the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The table distinguishes between (i) changes attributable to volume (changes in volume multiplied by the current period’s rate), and (ii) changes attributable to rate (changes in rate multiplied by the prior period’s volume).

46


Table of Contents

Interest Rate/Volume Analysis
                                                 
    2010-2009   2009-2008
    Net Increase (Decrease)     Net Increase (Decrease)
    due to change in:   due to change in:
    Average   Average   Increase   Average   Average   Increase
    Balance   Rate   (Decrease)   Balance   Rate   (Decrease)
 
                                               
Interest-Earning Assets
                                               
Federal funds sold
  $ (18 )     $ 4     $ (14 )   $ 132     $ (163 )   $ (31 )
Investment securities
    1,732       (1,042 )     690       (33 )     (298 )     (331 )
Other investments
    582       (242 )     340       2,411       (1,664 )     747  
Total loans
    5,475       (2,949 )     2,526       29,825       (8,948 )     20,877  
 
                       
 
                                               
Total earning assets
    7,771       (4,229 )     3,542       32,335       (11,073 )     21,262  
 
                       
 
                                               
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
                                               
NOW and money market
    749       (387 )     362       1,204       (2,068 )     (864 )
Savings
    18       (12 )     6       41       (99 )     (58 )
Time certificates
    5,592       (3,051 )     2,541       12,717       (13,072 )     (355 )
 
                       
Total interest-bearing deposits
    6,359       (3,450 )     2,909       13,962       (15,239 )     (1,277 )
Borrowed funds
    (765 )     358       (407 )     207       (1,635 )     (1,428 )
 
                       
 
                                               
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    5,594       (3,092 )     2,502       14,169       (16,874 )     (2,705 )
 
                       
 
                                               
Net interest income
    $ 2,177       $ (1,137 )     $ 1,040       $ 18,166       $ 5,801       $ 23,967  
 
                       
Notes:
-Variances caused by the changes in rate times the changes in volume are allocated equally.
-Income on non-accrual loans is included in the volume and rate variance analysis table only to the extent that it represents interest payments received.
Market Risk, Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity
          The Bank’s principal business is the origination or purchase of loans, funded by customer deposits, loan sales, and, to the extent necessary, other borrowed funds. Consequently, a significant portion of the Bank’s assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and fluctuations in interest rates will affect the Bank’s future net interest income and cash flows. Interest rate risk is the Bank’s primary market risk exposure. As part of interest rate risk management, the Company has entered into two interest rate swap agreements to convert certain fixed-rate receivables to floating rates and certain fixed-rate obligations to floating rates. The interest rate swaps are used to provide fixed rate financing while managing interest rate risk and were not designated as hedges. The Bank has no market risk-sensitive instruments held for trading purposes. The Bank’s exposure to market risk is reviewed on a regular basis by management.
          The Bank measures interest rate sensitivity as the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that either reprice or mature within a given period of time. The difference or the interest rate repricing “gap” provides an indication of the extent to which an institution’s interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap within shorter maturities would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap within shorter maturities would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap within shorter maturities would result in an increase in net interest income while a positive gap within shorter maturities would have the opposite effect. The interest rate sensitivity management function is designed to maintain consistent growth of net interest income with acceptable levels of risk to interest rate changes generally on a one year horizon.

47


Table of Contents

          Net interest margin decreased by 44 basis points from 3.59% in 2009 to 3.15% in 2010. The 2010 margin decrease was preceded by an increase of 30 basis points in 2009 and a decline of 91 basis points in 2008. This decrease is due primarily to the decreased accretion of fair value adjustments recognized in the American Community merger in 2010 as compared to 2009. Excluding the accretion of fair value adjustments, net interest margin was 3.03% and 3.01% in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
          Management uses various resources to measure interest rate risk, including simulating net interest income under different rate scenarios, monitoring changes in asset and liability values under similar rate scenarios and monitoring the gap between rate sensitive assets and liabilities over different time periods.
          The rate sensitivity table that follows indicates the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2010 that mature or are expected to reprice within the stated time periods.
The asset sensitivity of the Company’s net interest income is reflected in the “Income Shock Summary” table following the “Gap Analysis” table.

48


Table of Contents

GAP Analysis
                                                 
    Terms to Repricing at December 31, 2010
            More Than     Over 1 Year     Over 3 Years              
    3 Months     3 Months     Thru     Thru     Over        
    or Less     to 12 Months     3 Years     5 Years     5 Years     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
INTEREST EARNING-ASSETS
                                               
Loans:
                                               
Commercial
    $ 201,792       $ 31,937       $ 37,190       $ 1,173       $ 133       $ 272,225  
Real estate- construction
    149,926       43,771       70,313       11,685       478       276,173  
Real estate- mortgage
    485,795       131,448       268,499       113,858       6,910       1,006,510  
Consumer
    17,501       13,977       14,153       -           -           45,631  
     
Total Loans
    855,014       221,133       390,155       126,716       7,521       1,600,539  
     
 
                                               
Securities:
                                               
U.S. Treasuries and other agencies
    -           -           10,000       4,192       358       14,550  
State and municipal securities
    388       1,945       3,714       6,966       59,609       72,622  
Mortgage backed debt securities
    13,169       32,708       70,254       49,638       43,937       209,706  
Mutual funds/equities
    1,124       -           -           -           -           1,124  
     
Total Securities
    14,681       34,653       83,968       60,796       103,904       298,002  
     
 
                                               
Federal Funds Sold
    31       -           -           -           -           31  
Interest bearing due from banks
    197,782       -           -           -           -           197,782  
     
TOTAL EARNING ASSETS
    $ 1,067,508       $ 255,786       $ 474,123       $ 187,512       $ 111,425       $ 2,096,354  
     
 
                                               
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
Deposits:
                                               
NOW accounts
    $ 9,015       $ 27,045       $ 72,119       $ 36,059       $ -           $ 144,238  
Money market accounts
    24,466       73,397       195,726       97,863       -           391,452  
Savings
    3,381       10,144       27,050       13,525       -           54,100  
Certificates: (1)
                                               
Over $100,000
    83,222       179,477       136,600       67,431       -           466,730  
Other certificates
    158,381       334,051       196,586       58,392       314       747,724  
     
Total deposits
    278,465       624,114       628,081       273,270       314       1,804,244  
     
 
                                               
TT&L Notes
    1,014       -           -           -           -           1,014  
Repurchase Agreements/Fed Funds Purchased
    36,934       -           5,000       -           -           41,934  
FHLB borrowings
    1,005       5,000       16,000       10,000       6,834       38,839  
Junior Subordinated Debentures
    34,981       -           -           -           -           34,981  
     
TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES
    $ 352,399       $ 629,114       $ 649,081       $ 283,270       $ 7,148       $ 1,921,012  
     
 
                                               
GAP
    $ 715,109       $ (373,328 )     $ (174,958 )     $ (95,758 )     $ 104,277     $ 175,342  
 
                                               
CUMULATIVE GAP
    $ 715,109       $ 341,781       $ 166,823       $ 71,065       $ 175,342       $ 175,342  
 
                                               
GAP %
    34.11%       -17.81%       -8.35%       -4.57%       4.97%       8.36%  
Additional information regarding loans with maturity dates that exceed one year
 
           
(in millions)
         
Fixed rate loans with maturities that exceed one year
            $ 917.7          
Variable rate loans with maturities that exceed one year
            $ 215.4            
(1) For GAP analysis purposes, certificates of deposits related to public funds and brokered deposits are not broken down between certificates greater than $100,000 and other. As a result, classifications may vary from disclosures and presentations throughout the financial statements.

49


Table of Contents

Income Shock Summary
                                         
    January 1, 2011 - December 31, 2011
            Rates UP (+200 bp)   Rates DN (-200 bp)
    Base                
    Amount   Amount   % Change   Amount   % Change
            (dollars in thousands)        
 
Short-term investments
    $ 292       $ 4,070       1293.84 %     $ 292       0.00 %
Securities
    10,168       11,412       12.23 %     9,260       -8.93 %
Loans
    86,067       102,461       19.05 %     69,381       -19.39 %
 
                   
Interest income
    96,527       117,943       22.19 %     78,933       -18.23 %
 
                   
 
                                       
Non-maturing deposits
    $ 3,959       $ 11,462       189.52 %     $ 985       -75.12 %
Certificates of deposits
    22,303       30,812       38.15 %     18,417       -17.42 %
Borrowed money
    1,148       2,541       121.34 %     1,155       0.61 %
 
                   
Interest expense
    27,410       44,815       63.50 %     20,557       -25.00 %
 
                   
 
                                       
Net interest income
    $ 69,117       $ 73,128       5.80 %     $ 58,376       -15.54 %
 
                   
Liquidity Management
          The primary goal of liquidity management is to provide for the availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities, and to satisfy reserve requirements. This goal is achieved through a combination of deposits, borrowing through unpledged securities, federal funds purchased lines, Federal Home Loan Bank line of credit, and availability at the Federal Reserve discount window. Liquidity needs have been met through federal funds purchased and the use of a line of credit at the Federal Home Loan Bank. Deposits from consumer and business customers, both time and demand, are the primary source of funds for the Bank. In 2008, the Bank adopted a Brokered Funds Policy that allows the Bank to obtain brokered funds up to 20% of total deposits, and deposits obtained through a single broker are limited to 5% of total deposits. Previously, brokered funds were authorized under the Bank’s Asset Liability Management Policy but total and broker maximum amounts were not addressed by the policy. At December 31, 2010, brokered deposits totaled $98.1 million and accounted for approximately 4.9% of total deposits. The Bank maintains a brokered deposit NOW account to add municipal deposits which averaged $3.3 million during 2010 and totaled $3.3 million at December 31, 2010. The custodian pools the funds from each public depositor and distributes a portion of those funds to the Bank up to $100,000 on behalf of each depositor. Since security pledges are not required and the accounts are non-maturing, these municipal deposits have enhanced the Bank’s liquidity.
          The Bank contracted with Promontory Interfinancial Network (“Promontory”) in 2008 for various services including wholesale CD funding. Promontory’s CDARS® and One-Way BuySM products enable the Bank to bid on a weekly basis through a private auction for CD terms ranging from four weeks to 260 weeks (approximately five years) with settlement available each Thursday. At December 31, 2010, the balance of funds acquired through the One-Way Buy product totaled $24.0 million. The Bank’s solicited deposits from outside its primary market area in the form of brokered certificates of deposit totaled $50.6 million at December 31, 2010. Promontory also provides a product, CDARS® Reciprocal, that allows the Bank’s customers to place funds in excess of the FDIC insurance limit with Promontory’s network of participating Banks so that the customer is fully insured for the amount deposited. Promontory provides reciprocating funds to the Bank from funds placed at other banks by their customers. The Bank sets its customers interest rates when they place deposits through the network and pays/receives the rate difference to/from the other banks whose reciprocal funds are held by the Bank. The overall impact of this process is that the Bank effectively pays the rate offered to its relationship customer. Therefore, the Bank does not consider these funds to be wholesale or brokered funds. In compliance with FDIC reporting requirements, the Bank reports these reciprocal deposits as brokered deposits in its quarterly Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Call Report. CDARS® reciprocal certificates of deposit totaled $20.2 million at December 31, 2010.

50


Table of Contents

          Comparing 2010 to 2009, average total deposits increased 21.9%, or $349.1 million. At December 31, 2010, total deposits reflected a 10.9% increase of $198.7 million compared to December 31, 2009. Commercial sweep accounts, a noninsured product invested in repurchase agreements were $36.9 million at year-end 2010 compared to $43.0 million at year-end 2009. Deposit sources are available to the Bank both within and outside its primary market area based on a function of price. CDs were offered at rates in line with competitors’ rates and at one or more special rates and priced at 25-50 basis points higher than competitors’ rates for limited periods. These rates were needed in order to build a deposit base sufficient for liquidity. As liquidity grew to levels that met management’s targets, deposit rates were reduced. Even with the reduction in deposit rates, deposits continued to grow and loan demand remained very slow. These two events caused a substantial increase in our cash position. With the growth in cash and not being able to deploy the cash into loans, management made the decision to increase the investment portfolio in short maturity and short average life assets. Deposit competition comes from other banks, both regional and community institutions, as well as nonbank competition, including mutual funds, annuities, and other nondeposit investments. Subject to certain conditions, unused availability from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2010 was $97.5 million. Federal funds available for additional borrowings at year-end were $34.9 million.
Other Borrowed Funds
See Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Investment Securities
          At December 31, 2010, the securities classified as available-for-sale, carried at market value, totaled $298.0 million with an amortized cost of $297.1 million. Securities available-for-sale are securities that will be held for an indefinite period of time, including securities that management intends to use as a part of its asset/liability strategy. These securities may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, to changes in prepayment risk, or to the need to increase regulatory capital or liquidity. Securities available-for-sale consist of U.S. Government agencies with an average life of 2.03 years, municipal securities with an average life of 9.26 years, and mortgage-backed securities with an average life of 3.93 years. It is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis. The proceeds from maturities and sales were reinvested in the investment portfolio. Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.
The following table presents the carrying value of investment securities as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
Securities available-for-sale:   (Amounts in thousands)
U.S. government agencies
    $ 14,550       $ 42,894       $ 43,650  
Government sponsored agencies:
                       
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    52,075       50,884       42,941  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    155,926       25,217       7,180  
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations
    1,705       2,288       2,942  
State and municipal securities
    72,622       61,378       41,077  
Common and preferred stocks, and other
    1,124       1,180       23  
 
           
Total securities available-for-sale
    $ 298,002       $ 183,841       $ 137,813  
 
           

51


Table of Contents

The following tables present maturities and yield of debt securities outstanding as of December 31, 2010:
Maturities and Yields of Debt Securities
as of December 31, 2010
                                                                         
    Within 1 Year   1 to 5 Years   5 to 10 Years   After 10 Years      
    Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Total
    (Amounts in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities
                                                                       
U.S Government agencies
    $ -           -           $ 14,550       0.97 %     $ -           -           $ -           -           $ 14,550  
Mortgage-backed securities
    -           -           1,076       3.43 %     8,441       5.24 %     42,558       4.45 %     52,075  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    -           -           -           -           16,171       2.77 %     139,755       2.10 %     155,926  
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations
    -           -           -           -           423       5.36 %     1,282       6.30 %     1,705  
Municipals
    2,494       3.32 %     10,954       3.35 %     21,525       3.29 %     37,649       3.62 %     72,622  
Other
    -           -           -           -           -           -           1,124       0.00 %     1,124  
 
                                                   
Total available-for-sale securities
    $ 2,494               $ 26,580               $ 46,560               $ 222,368               $ 298,002  
 
                                                   
Time Deposits
     The following table presents time deposits in two categories, (1) time deposits of $100,000 or more, and (2) other time deposits.
                                         
    Maturities of Time Deposits  
    As of December 31, 2010

 
    Within   Three to   Six to   One to    
    Three   Six   Twelve   Five    
    Months   Months   Months   Years   Total
    (dollars in thousands)
Time deposits of $100,000 or more
    $ 89,018       $ 55,011       $ 148,763       $ 184,238       $ 477,030  
Other time deposits
    152,900       115,253       194,500       274,772       737,425  
 
                   
 
    $ 241,918       $ 170,264       $ 343,263       $ 459,010       $ 1,214,455  
 
                   
Capital Adequacy
          Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2010, totaled $147.5 million, a decrease of 3.2% from 2009 year-end shareholders’ equity of $152.3 million. The 2010 shareholders’ equity total includes an unrealized net gain of $582,000 compared to an unrealized net gain of $2.9 million at December 31, 2009. The Company’s internal capital generation rate (net income /(loss) less cash dividends declared, as a percentage of average equity) was (2.1)% in 2010 and (41.4)% in 2009. The dividend payout rate in 2010 was 0.0% of after-tax earnings compared to (2.1)% in 2009 and 154.8% in 2008. The Company had pursued a policy of increasing the dividend payout as a percentage of after-tax earnings in earlier years until 2002. The current dividend policy is a payout of approximately 40% of earnings up to a policy maximum of 50% of earnings. In 2009, the Board of Directors suspended the payment of dividends in order to preserve capital.
          On January 16, 2009, as part of the CPP established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury under the EESA, of 2008, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (including the Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms) with Treasury pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to Treasury (i) 36,000 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 385,990 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, at an initial exercise price of $13.99 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $36.0 million in cash.

52


Table of Contents

          As a condition of the CPP, the Company must obtain consent from the Treasury to repurchase its common stock or increase its cash dividend on its common stock from the June 30, 2009 quarterly amount. Furthermore, the Company has agreed to certain restrictions on executive compensation. Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Company is limited to using restricted stock as the form of payment to the top five highest compensated executives under any incentive compensation programs.
          Under the CPP, the Company issued an additional $13.3 million in Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T-ACB, on July 24, 2009. In addition, the Company provided a warrant to the Treasury to purchase 273,534 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $7.30 per share. These warrants are immediately exercisable and expire ten years from the date of issuance. The preferred stock is non-voting, other than having class voting rights on certain matters, and pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. The preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the Company under certain circumstances during the first three years and only thereafter without restriction.
          Beginning in 2011, the holding company may not have sufficient liquidity to make payments for Series T and Series T-ACB preferred stock dividends and without additional capital may not be able to make these payments. As such, it is possible that payment of dividends on our preferred stock will be deferred.
          The table below presents the plans and number of common shares repurchased, and the activity from inception through December 31, 2010. Common shares repurchased must, by North Carolina law, be cancelled and the number of shares outstanding reduced. The 2002 through 2005 plans were approved by a vote of the Company’s shareholders. Following reorganization as a holding company on July 1, 2006, the Board of Directors of the Company approved stock repurchases of up to 100,000 shares for the 2006 and 2007 plans. There was no 2010 or 2009 repurchase plan or repurchases in 2010 or 2009. There will be no stock repurchases without prior approval of the Treasury due to provisions of TARP.
                         
    Shares            
    Repurchased &           Total Reduction
Approved by Shareholders   Cancelled   Average Cost   of Capital
2004 and prior plans - 1,150,000 shares approved
    589,571       $ 12.61       $ 7,432,590  
2005 Plan - 300,000 shares approved
    54,648       14.35       784,107  
2006 Plan - 100,000 shares approved
    100,000       17.42       1,741,886  
2007 Plan - 100,000 shares approved
    71,281       17.10       1,219,251  
 
               
Total Repurchased
    815,500       $ 13.71       $ 11,177,834  
 
               
There were no executive stock options exercised during the year.
          The Company’s tangible equity ratio was 6.01%, 6.71% and 6.24% at end of year 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Management believes that these non-GAAP tangible measures provide additional useful information, particularly since these measures are widely used by industry analysts for companies with prior merger and acquisition activities.

53


Table of Contents

          The following table presents the calculations of these ratios:
Capital Adequacy Ratios
December 31,
                         
    2010   2009   2008
Total assets
    $ 2,300,594,066       $ 2,113,611,985       $ 1,524,288,021  
Goodwill
    (4,943,872 )     (4,943,872 )     (53,502,887 )
Core deposit intangibles
    (4,907,064 )     (6,186,564 )     (4,660,116 )
 
           
Tangible assets
    $ 2,290,743,130       $ 2,102,481,549       $ 1,466,125,018  
 
                       
Total equity
    $ 147,457,391       $ 152,265,736       $ 149,644,322  
Goodwill
    (4,943,872 )     (4,943,872 )     (53,502,887 )
Core deposit intangible
    (4,907,064 )     (6,186,564 )     (4,660,116 )
 
           
Tangible equity* (Non-GAAP)
    $ 137,606,455       $ 141,135,300       $ 91,481,319  
 
                       
Tangible equity ratio* (Non-GAAP)
    6.01%     6.71%     6.24%
Equity ratio
    6.41%     7.20%     9.82%
*Note: Tangible assets and tangible equity exclude goodwill and core deposit intangibles.
          Although the Company and Bank are well capitalized as of December 31, 2010, the elevated level of criticized assets leads management to believe additional capital may be needed. While criticized assets appear to be showing signs of improvement, the Company remains diligently focused on acquiring additional capital.
Loans
          Net loans held for investment (total loans held for investment less allowance for loan losses) as of December 31, 2010 were $1,562.8 million as compared with $1,627.8 million as of December 31, 2009, a decrease of $65.0 million, or 4.0%. In addition, the Bank’s residential mortgage loans classified as held-for-sale totaled $50.4 million and $49.7 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, representing an increase of $704,000, or 1.4%. The Bank focuses on commercial lending to small and medium-sized businesses within its market area, consumer based installment loans, and residential mortgage lending including equity lines of credit. The Bank adheres to regulatory guidelines that limit exposure to any one borrower. The commercial portfolio has concentrations in business loans secured by real estate and real estate development loans. Primary concentrations in the consumer portfolio include home equity lines and other types of residential real estate loans.
The following table presents amounts and types of loans outstanding for the past five years ended December 31.
                                                                                 
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    Amount   %   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent
    (Dollars in Thousands)
 
Construction real estate
    $ 300,877       18.8 %     $ 364,853       21.8 %     $ 227,989       19.2 %     $ 155,043       17.3 %     $ 111,353       13.7 %
Commercial real estate
    621,429       38.8 %     583,120       34.8 %     416,872       35.1 %     352,568       39.2 %     323,041       39.7 %
1-4 family 1st liens
    174,536       10.9 %     169,790       10.1 %     125,225       10.5 %     75,740       8.4 %     65,112       8.0 %
Multifamily
    29,268       1.8 %     36,031       2.2 %     22,468       1.9 %     20,577       2.3 %     23,548       2.9 %
1-4 family equity lines
    209,319       13.1 %     202,676       12.1 %     135,639       11.4 %     100,012       11.1 %     94,650       11.6 %
 
                                                           
Total mortgage loans
    413,123       25.8 %     408,497       24.4 %     283,332       23.9 %     196,329       21.8 %     183,310       22.5 %
Commercial , other
    222,664       13.9 %     271,433       16.2 %     225,092       19.0 %     161,507       18.0 %     147,473       18.1 %
Consumer
    42,446       2.7 %     48,545       2.9 %     34,284       2.9 %     33,306       3.7 %     49,733       6.1 %
 
                                       
 
                                                                               
Gross Loans
    1,600,539       100.0 %     1,676,448       100.0 %     1,187,569       100.0 %     898,753       100.0 %     814,910       100.0 %
 
                                                           
Allowance for loan losses
    (37,752 )             (48,625 )             (22,355 )             (12,445 )             (10,829 )        
 
                                                                               
 
                                                           
Total
    $ 1,562,787               $ 1,627,823               $ 1,165,214               $ 886,308               $ 804,081          
 
                                                           

54


Table of Contents

          The Bank requires documentation on its residential mortgage loans and does not have a program to make loans with minimal documentation requirements. The Bank’s residential real estate loans are collateralized predominately by property in North Carolina where real estate values have been decreasing steadily over the past few years. While residential real estate values have declined across the state, the erosion has been more acute in the coastal and mountain regions where large vacation and second home exposures exist. The Bank’s total real estate loan exposure for the mountain region is 11.5% of the Bank’s total real estate loan portfolio and the total real estate loan exposure for the coastal region is 1.4% of the Bank’s total real estate loan portfolio. The mountain region real estate loans were concentrated in commercial real estate (35.7%), construction and land development (17.2%), 1-4 family equity lines (17.8%) and 1-4 family residential (7.3%). The coastal region real estate loans were concentrated in construction and land development (40.9%), 1 - 4 family equity lines (23.7%), and 1 - 4 family residential (23.9%).
          The Bank’s residential mortgage loans do not have features such as teaser rates or negative amortization and are made at loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios of 80% or lower, with the exception of HELOC’s which can have LTV of 90%. Since these loans do not have features that would create additional risk, net interest income after loan loss provision would not be affected unfavorably by unique loan features. Residential mortgage loans and home equity lines with risk grades that are either substandard or doubtful, totaled $20.5 million and $14.5 million on December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Continuing high levels of classified loans is attributable to the weak economic and employment trends throughout the Bank’s market area. Management has determined the appropriate loss estimate for these loans, some of which are impaired, and recorded a provision expense to recognize the probable losses. Further weakness in the performance of these loans and in economic conditions may result in additional provision expense. While economic weakness may result in additional provision, improved performance may result in a credit to provision expense for this loan group.
          The Bank’s policy regarding appraisals includes compliance with Financial Institutions Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) guidelines. For long-term commercial real estate lending, all loans with outstanding balances of $500,000 or more require the account manager to prepare an annual review discussing the performance of the borrower and the property. The annual review is to be supported by an updated review of borrower and guarantor financial statements and operating information on the property. Credit reports are to be updated and reviewed. Account managers are required to perform a site visit as part of the annual review process. A discussion of compliance with loan agreement covenants is to be included in the review. If there has been a material adverse change in the property or market, a new appraisal may be required.
          Construction loans extended by the Bank are to be supported by current appraisals in compliance with FIRREA requirements and the Bank’s appraisal policies as described in the loan policy. The borrower must obtain all appropriate building permits, and the project must comply with applicable zoning requirements for the site. Projects are to have controlled disbursements based upon satisfactory inspections indicating the project status merits the draw. Speculative units for home builders are to be limited to a level the home builder can support from sources in addition to the future sale of these units. The Bank requires that there be no secondary financing on projects for which it is providing financing. Exempted from this requirement are construction loans to be taken out by SBA 504 program financing, which by design, contemplates a secondary loan. During the construction phase; however, there is to be no secondary financing. Loans with interest reserves were $21.7 million at December 31, 2010. The Bank tracks loans with interest reserves and monitors these loans on a regular basis for any impairment and discontinuation of interest accruals.
          For residential construction revolving lines of credit to builders, valuation of collateral is based upon the appraised value of the basic floor plans (drawings of structure to be built) offered in the projects as determined in a master appraisal plus a value of lots based upon location, size, and appeal, as determined in the appraisal. The account manager is to monitor sales prices and absorption throughout the loan to ensure the assumptions in the original appraisal remain valid. If there is a material change from original assumptions, a new appraisal is to be completed. In general, appraisals are required for initial or refinanced real estate loans, especially if there have been changes in the original assumptions regarding value of the property or the market in general.
          Over the past year the Bank has reduced its concentration in construction and land development lending, decreasing balances by $64.0 million, or 17.5%. The economic conditions and their impact on the one-to-four family residential market has reduced both demand and increased the credit risk for this type of lending. While the Bank continues to evaluate credit opportunities presented in this line of business, it is actively trying to diversify the loan portfolio by being selective and trying to create opportunities in other loan types.

55


Table of Contents

          The Bank originates and maintains a significant amount of commercial real estate loans. This lending involves loans secured principally by commercial office buildings, both investment and owner occupied. The Bank requires the personal guaranty of principals where prudent and a demonstrated cash flow capability sufficient to service the debt. The real estate collateral is a secondary source of repayment. Loans secured by commercial real estate may be in greater amount and involve a greater degree of risk than one to four family residential mortgage loans. Payments on such loans are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties. The Bank also makes loans secured by commercial/investment properties provided the subject property is typically either pre-leased or pre-sold before the Bank commits to finance its construction.
          The Bank has an internal credit risk review department that reports to the Chief Credit Officer. The focus is on policy compliance and proper grading of higher credit risk loans as well as new and existing loans on a sample basis. Additional reporting for problem/criticized assets has been developed along with an after-the-fact loan review. Management also utilized a report of past due delinquency and set procedures to ensure delivery to regional executives in order that monitoring and grading can be achieved on a comprehensive basis.
          The purpose of the credit risk management team, under the direct supervision of the Chief Credit Officer, is to develop a more intense credit risk approach by implementing the following procedures:
  -  
Improved problem loan tracking and reporting
  -  
Reporting by bank and region
  -  
Improved and more defined commercial real estate reporting
  -  
Coordination with lenders to ensure proper loan grading
  -  
Enhanced staff including regional credit risk officers
  -  
More communication and involvement with Regional Executives
          As discussed below in the Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses section, loans over $20,000 are risk graded on a scale from 1 (highest quality) to 8 (loss). Acceptable loans at inception are grades 1 through 4, and these grades have underwriting requirements that at least meet the minimum requirements of a secondary market source. If borrowers do not meet credit history requirements, other mitigating criteria such as substantial liquidity and low loan-to-value ratios could be considered and would generally have to be met in order to make the loan. The Bank’s loan policy states that a guarantor may be necessary if reasonable doubt exists as to the borrower’s ability to repay. The Board of Directors has authorized the loan officers to have individual approval authority for risk grade 1 through 4 loans up to maximum exposure limits for each customer. New or renewed loans that are graded 5 (special mention) or more must have approval from a regional credit officer.
Nonperforming Assets
          Nonperforming assets include loans classified as nonaccrual, foreclosed bank-owned property and loans past due 90 days or more on which interest is still being accrued. It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest when any loan is past due 90 days or when it is apparent that the collection of principal and/or interest is doubtful. Unsecured consumer loans are usually charged off when payments are more than 90 days delinquent. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against interest income in the current period.
          Nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2010 totaled $65.4 million, or 4.18%, of net loans compared with $36.3 million, or 2.23%, in 2009 and $13.6 million, or 1.17%, in 2008. The Bank aggressively pursues the collection and repayment of all loans. Other nonperforming assets, such as repossessed and foreclosed collateral is aggressively liquidated by our special assets department. The total number of loans on nonaccrual status has increased from 322 to 490 since December 31, 2009. The increase in nonperforming loans from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 is related primarily to continued deterioration in the Bank’s overall construction loan portfolio, as well as the addition of $21.9 million in troubled debt restructured loans which will remain on nonaccrual until sufficient payment evidence is obtained. Accordingly, approximately 62% of nonaccrual loans continue to pay according to agreed upon terms as of December 31, 2010, as compared to 46% as of December 31, 2009.
          A significant portion, or 94%, of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010 are secured by real estate. We have evaluated the underlying collateral on these loans and believe that the collateral on these loans is sufficient to minimize future losses. However, the recent downturn in the real estate market has resulted in increased loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, and we believe that these trends are likely to continue. In some cases, this downturn has resulted in a significant

56


Table of Contents

impairment to the value of the collateral used to secure these loans and the ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. These conditions have adversely affected our loan portfolio. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If real estate values continue to decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan losses. If during a period of reduced real estate values we are required to liquidate the property collateralizing a loan to satisfy the debt or to increase the allowance for loan losses, this could materially reduce our profitability and adversely affect our financial condition. The Bank has a general policy to stop accruing interest when any loan is past due 90 days as to principal or interest; however, some exceptions do apply. In addition, loans may be identified as nonaccrual on a case by case basis if it is probable that the borrower will not be able to repay according to the original terms. Nonperforming loans and other real estate owned (foreclosed real estate) comprise nonperforming assets. At December 31, 2010, certain additional loans were considered to be impaired, even though they were performing, where liquidation of collateral would be insufficient to repay the balance of the loan. The impairment was determined based on current economic conditions, the declines in the commercial borrowers’ industries, or specific credit or collateral characteristics of the loan.
                                         
    At December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    (Amounts in thousands)
Loans on nonaccrual status
    $ 65,400       $ 36,255       $ 13,647       $ 1,962       $ 1,830  
Other real estate owned
    25,582       14,345       4,018       602       574  
 
                   
 
                                       
Total nonperforming assets
    $ 90,982       $ 50,600       $ 17,665       $ 2,564       $ 2,404  
 
                                       
Nonperforming assets to gross loans held for investment
    5.68%     3.02%     1.49%     0.29%     0.30%
 
                                       
Troubled debt restructured loans
    $ 17,153       $ 5,544       $ 85       $ -           $ -      
          At December 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses represented .57 times the amount of nonperforming loans, compared to 1.3 times and 1.6 times at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The coverage level of the allowance at December 31, 2010 decreased from the coverage level at December 31, 2009 due to decreased specific reserves on nonperforming loans and an increase in nonperforming loans. Collateral dependent, nonperforming loans in the amount of $10.0 million were charged down to fair value during the year and require no reserve at December 31, 2010. In addition, in 2010 the Bank added $21.9 million in troubled debt restructured loans to nonaccrual status which are now paying according to agreed upon terms. Nonperforming loans that have been written down to fair value will remain in nonaccrual status until consistent payment performance is evident. Nonperforming loans are individually reviewed for impairment based on probable cash flows and the value of collateral.
Impaired Loans
          As discussed above, the Bank generally identifies loans 90 days past due as nonaccrual loans. Impaired loans include $65.4 million in nonaccrual loans, $17.2 million in restructured loans as well as $4.3 million in performing loans that were impaired for various concerns regarding the ability of the borrower to repay the principal.

57


Table of Contents

          The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2010:
                                         
            Unpaid           Average   Interest
    Recorded   Principal   Related   Recorded   Income
    Investment   Balance   Allowance   Investment   Recognized
December 31, 2010   (in thousands)
Impaired loans without a related allowance for loan losses
                                       
Construction
    $ 21,677       $ 22,404       $ -           $ 11,427       $ 206  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate
    5,732       5,803       -           2,380       98  
Owner occupied commercial real estate
    11,573       11,745       -           5,109       187  
Commercial
    1,998       2,004       -           1,226       45  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    3,122       3,143       -           1,427       60  
Multifamily
    310       315       -           192       13  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    953       961       -           294       12  
Consumer and other
    -           -           -           72       5  
Impaired loans with a related allowance for loan losses
                                       
Construction
    $ 11,116       $ 11,150       $ 2,141       $ 16,379       $ 261  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate
    6,484       6,540       1,096       5,758       141  
Owner occupied commercial real estate
    5,077       5,104       860       4,416       134  
Commercial
    5,435       5,435       1,318       4,266       101  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    2,133       2,172       343       3,270       57  
Multifamily
    469       476       82       159       9  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    898       898       439       780       14  
Consumer and other
    134       135       35       73       3  
Total impaired loans
                                       
Construction
    $ 32,793       $ 33,554       $ 2,141       $ 27,806       $ 467  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate
    12,216       12,343       1,096       8,138       239  
Owner occupied commercial real estate
    16,650       16,849       860       9,525       321  
Commercial
    7,433       7,439       1,318       5,492       146  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    5,255       5,315       343       4,697       117  
Multifamily
    779       791       82       351       22  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    1,851       1,859       439       1,074       26  
Consumer and other
    134       135       35       145       8  
 
                   
 
    $ 77,111       $ 78,285       $ 6,314       $ 57,228       $ 1,346  
 
                   
 
                                       
Impaired loans under $100,000 that are not individually reviewed for impairment
    9,768       10,087       2,617       12,144       444  
 
                                       
 
                   
Total impaired loans
    $ 86,879       $ 88,372       $ 8,931       $ 69,372       $ 1,790  
 
                   
          At December 31, 2010, the impaired loans in the construction category consisted of non 1-4 family construction and land development loans totaling $18.3 million and 1-4 family construction loans totaling $14.5 million. The largest impaired construction and land development loan balance was $2.2 million for a residential development with no specific allowance

58


Table of Contents

recorded as the loan has been charged down to the fair value of collateral as of December 31, 2010. Of the remaining construction and land development loans, there were five relationships with balances in excess of $1.0 million. Specific allowances have been recorded for each loan based on recent appraisals or discounted collateral values in cases where recent appraisals were not available. The largest impaired 1-4 family construction loan balance was $1.8 million with no specific allowance recorded as the loan has been charged down to the fair value of collateral as of December 31, 2010. The remaining 1-4 family loans are spread across various market areas and specific allowances for impaired loans have been recorded where loan balances exceeded discounted collateral values.
          Collateral values were assessed for impaired residential mortgage and commercial mortgage loans. Ten relationships with balances exceeding $1.0 million were identified as impaired. The impaired loans were analyzed to record specific allowances for loans with balances that exceeded discounted collateral values. Specific allowances were assigned for loan balances in excess of recent appraisals or discounted collateral values in cases where recent appraisals were not available.
          At December 31, 2010, most of the impaired loan balances in the commercial, financial, and agricultural category were collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory, and equipment. The borrowers were businesses primarily in the lumber, furniture, and equipment leasing industries which have softened over the past year. Perfected collateral related to impaired loans is appraised by an independent third party appraiser and recorded at the lower of loan balance or fair market value. Specific allowances for impaired loans were assigned for loan balances in excess of discounted collateral values for loans deemed to be impaired.
          Impaired loans acquired without a related allowance for loan losses includes loans for which no additional reserves have been recorded in excess of credit discounts for purchased impaired loans. Impaired loans acquired with subsequent deterioration and related allowance for loan loss are loans in which additional impairment has been identified in excess of credit discounts resulting in additional reserves. These additional reserves are included in the allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans and were $47,000 and $67,000, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
The following table presents changes in all purchased impaired loans, which includes the Company’s acquisition of American Community on April 17, 2009:
                         
            Fair Value    
    Contractual   Adjustment    
    Principal   (nonaccretable   Carrying
    Receivable   difference)   Amount
As of April 17, 2009 acquisition date
    $ 14,513,154       $ 3,824,951       $ 10,688,203  
Change due to payment received
    (1,985,697 )     (83,415 )     (1,902,282 )
Transfer to foreclosed real estate
    (5,684,274 )     (424,500 )     (5,259,774 )
Change due to charge-offs
    (5,188,438 )     (3,245,464 )     (1,942,974 )
 
           
Balance at December 31, 2010
    $ 1,654,745       $ 71,572       $ 1,583,173  
 
           
          At December 31, 2010, the outstanding balance of purchased impaired loans from American Community, which includes principal, interest and fees due, was $1.6 million. Because of the uncertainty of the expected cash flows, the Company is accounting for each purchased impaired loan under the cost recovery method, in which all cash payments are applied to principal. Thus, there is no accretable yield associated with the above loans. All purchased impaired loans from Cardinal State Bank have been paid or charged-off.
Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses
          The primary risks inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio, including the adequacy of the allowance or reserve for loan losses, are based on management’s assumptions regarding, among other factors, general and local economic conditions, which are difficult to predict and are beyond the Bank’s control. In estimating these risks, and the related loss reserve levels, management also considers the financial conditions of specific borrowers and credit concentrations with specific borrowers, groups of borrowers, and industries.
          As part of management’s plan to improve policies and procedures and internal controls over the provision for loan losses, the framework utilized for the model to determine the allowance for loan losses was modified during 2009. These

59


Table of Contents

modifications led to improved written policies and procedures, a thorough review of the allowance for loan loss model, and improved controls and support for changes in the underlying assumptions being used in the model. Improvements to the allowance for loan loss model and related calculations were driven primarily by a change in the methodology of calculating reserves on unimpaired loans placing greater emphasis on the credit quality of loans. These changes were incorporated by adding classified asset factors to classified loan categories including special mention, substandard, and doubtful loans under $100,000. Loans were also segregated into more defined risk categories based on the underlying collateral and characteristics in order to provide a more accurate assessment of risks within the portfolio. Those risk categories include the following: nonresidential construction and land development, residential construction, owner-occupied commercial real estate, non owner-occupied commercial real estate, commercial loans, first lien 1-4 family residential mortgages, junior lien 1-4 family residential mortgages, open ended secured 1-4 family equity lines, and other consumer loans. In 2010, further refinement was made to the allowance model, including changes made in the calculation of classified asset factors. The classified asset factor was updated to incorporate twelve months of default trends and historical charge-offs for classified loans, as opposed to single data point information previously used. The use of twelve month data is a better assessment of losses associated with classified loans as opposed to a single data point used in prior periods to ensure that the analysis incorporates the most current and statistically relevant trends. Improvements in other qualitative factors, including increased controls over credit and better identification of potential losses (as evidenced by the increase in impaired loans), also had an impact on general reserves as management placed greater emphasis on specifically reserving loans in which potential problems had been identified.
          The allowance for loan losses is adjusted by direct charges to provision expense. Losses on loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses in the accounting period in which they are determined by management to be uncollectible. Recoveries during the period are credited to the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses was $24.3 million in 2010 compared to $48.4 million in 2009 and $11.1 million in 2008. The provision expense is determined by the Bank’s allowance for loan losses model. The components of the model are specific reserves for impaired loans and a general allocation for unimpaired loans. The general allocation has two components, an estimate based on historical loss experience and an additional estimate based on internal and external environmental factors due to the uncertainty of historical loss experience in predicting current embedded losses in the portfolio that will be realized in the future.
          As part of the continual grading process, loans over $20,000 are assigned a credit risk grade based on their credit quality, which is subject to change as conditions warrant. Any changes in risk assessments as determined by loan officers, credit administrators, regulatory examiners and management are also considered. Management considers certain loans graded “doubtful” (loans graded 7) or “loss” (loans graded 8) to be individually impaired and may consider “substandard” loans (loans graded 6) individually impaired depending on the borrower’s payment history. The Bank measures impairment based upon probable cash flows and the value of the collateral. Collateral value is assessed based on collateral value trends, liquidation value trends, and other liquidation expenses to determine logical and credible discounts that may be needed. Updated appraisals are required for all impaired loans and typically at renewal or modification of larger loans if the appraisal is more than 12 months old.
          Impaired loans, for which management has determined that receiving payment in accordance with the terms of the original note is unlikely, are evaluated individually for specific allowances. Management considers certain loans graded “doubtful” or “loss” to be impaired and may consider “substandard” loans impaired depending on an evaluation of the probability of repayment of the loan and the strength of any collateral. The Bank measures impairment based on the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or, alternatively, probable cash flows. Impaired loans are identified in a periodic analysis of the adequacy of the reserve.
          In determining the general allowance allocation, the ratios from the actual loss history for the various categories are applied to the homogenous pools of loans in each category. In addition, to recognize the probability that loans in special mention, doubtful, and substandard risk grades are more likely to have embedded losses, additional reserve factors based on the likelihood of loss are applied to the homogenous pools of weaker graded loans that have not yet been identified as impaired.
          A portion of the general allocation is based on environmental factors including estimates of losses related to interest rate trends, unemployment trends, real estate characteristics, past due and nonaccrual trends, watch list trends, charge-off trends, and underwriting and servicing assessments. The factors with the largest impact on the allowance at December 31, 2010 were watch list trends, unemployment rate trends, and underwriting and servicing assessments. Markets served by the Bank experienced softening from the general economy and declines in real estate values. The real estate characteristics component

60


Table of Contents

includes trends in real estate concentrations and exceptions to FDIC guidelines for loan-to-value ratios. The addition of a centralized team of credit spread analysts has improved the quality of credit underwriting and risk grade identification on new loans and modifications. Other related improvements, such as expanded use of global cash flows in the underwriting process, has contributed to the ability to better identify and quantify potential risks inherent in the portfolio.
          The risk grades, normally assigned by the loan officers when the loan is originated and reviewed by the regional credit officers, are based on several factors including historical data, current economic factors, composition of the portfolio, and evaluations of the total loan portfolio and assessments of credit quality within specific loan types. In some cases the risk grades are assigned by regional executives, depending upon dollar exposure. Because these factors are dynamic, the provision for loan losses can fluctuate. Credit quality reviews are based primarily on analysis of borrowers’ cash flows, with asset values considered only as a second source of payment. Regional credit officers are working with lenders in underwriting, structuring and risk grading our credits. The Risk Review Officer focuses on lending policy compliance, credit risk grading, and credit risk reviews on larger dollar exposures. Management uses the information developed from the procedures above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in determining the appropriate levels of the allowance for loan losses.
          Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2010. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and will consider future additions to the allowance that may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions. Additionally, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the recognition of adjustments to the allowances based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.
          Management realizes that general economic trends greatly affect loan losses. The recent downturn in the real estate market has resulted in increased loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, and we believe that these trends are likely to continue. In some cases, this downturn has resulted in a significant impairment to the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If real estate values continue to decline, it is also more likely that we would be required to increase our allowance for loan losses and our net charge-offs which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Assurances cannot be made either (1) that further charges to the allowance account will not be significant in relation to the normal activity or (2) that further evaluation of the loan portfolio based on prevailing conditions may not require sizable additions to the allowance and charges to provision expense.
          The Bank’s allowance for loan losses was $37.8 million at December 31, 2010, or 2.36%, of loans held for investment, as compared to $48.6 million, or 2.90%, of loans held for investment, at December 31, 2009 based on the application of its model for the allowance calculation applied to the loan portfolio at each balance sheet date. Decreases in the allowance for loan losses were due primarily to a decrease in specific reserves related to impaired loans and a decrease in classified loans as of December 31, 2010. In addition, the Bank saw some improving trends in the Bank’s past dues and unemployment rates within the region. Overall the depressed real estate markets continue to take a toll on our construction portfolio. This has resulted in impairment of the value of the collateral used to secure real estate loans and the ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure. Collateral value is assessed based on collateral value trends, liquidation value trends, and other liquidation expenses to determine logical and credible discounts that may be needed. In response to this deterioration in real estate loan quality, management is aggressively monitoring its classified loans and is continuing to monitor credits with material weaknesses.
          The allowance model is applied to the loan portfolio quarterly to determine the specific allowance balance for impaired loans and the general allowance balance for performing loans grouped by loan type. Out of the $37.8 million in total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010, the specific allowance for impaired loans accounted for $6.3 million, down from $10.9 million at December 31, 2009. Decreases in specific allowances for impaired loans were due to the charge-down of collateral dependent loans to fair market values. The remaining general allowance of $31.5 million, was attributed to performing loans and was down from $37.7 million at December 31, 2009.
          The decrease in the general allowance was driven primarily by a decrease in classified and performing loans, as well as improvements in other qualitative factors in the model as improvements were made in the calculation of potential losses

61


Table of Contents

related to classified loans. In 2010, changes were made to incorporate twelve months of actual default trends and historical charge-offs for classified loans. The use of actual twelve month data is a better assessment of losses associated with classified loans as opposed to a single data point used in the prior year to ensure that the analysis incorporates the most current and statistically relevant trends. As a result of this methodology change, the qualitative reserve for classified loans decreased by $7.5 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. Improvements in other qualitative factors, including increased controls over credit and better identification of potential losses (as evidenced by the increase in impaired loans), also had an impact on general reserves as management placed greater emphasis on specifically reserving loans in which potential problems had been identified. These improvements decreased qualitative reserves $2.6 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. Also contributing to the decrease in the general allowance for loan losses was a $75.9 million decrease in gross loans as of December 31, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009, and a decrease of $35.9 million in classified, unimpaired loans. Offsetting the decreases in other qualitative factors were increased charge-offs for the rolling eight-quarters ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the eight-quarter period ending December 31, 2009. This accounted for a $3.5 million increase in the general allowance. The general allowance on non-classified loans as a percent of non-classified loans was 1.19% as of December 31, 2010, as compared to 1.12% as of December 31, 2009. Usually, we expect the general allowance on performing loans to increase when periods of economic weakness are coupled with look-back periods of increasing charge-offs. Conversely, we expect the general allowance to decrease as a percentage of loans when a stronger economy is combined with a decrease in the rolling eight-quarter average of the Bank’s charged off loans.
          Our real estate portfolio has $300.9 million of construction loans, $621.4 million of commercial real estate loans, $174.5 million in 1-4 family mortgage loans, $209.3 million in home equity lines of credit, and $29.3 million in multifamily mortgage loans as of December 31, 2010. We consider our construction and junior lien mortgage loans our riskiest loans within our real estate portfolio and we are not actively lending option ARM products or subprime loans. Construction loans are typically comprised of loans to borrowers for real estate to be developed (into properties such as sub-divisions or spec houses). Normally, these loans are repaid with the proceeds from the sale of the developed property. The greater degree of strain on these real estate types of loans and the significance to our overall loan portfolio has caused us to apply a greater degree of scrutiny in analyzing the ultimate collectability of amounts due. The majority of these borrowers are having financial difficulties. Our analysis has resulted in a significant provision expense and charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, $21.7 million of our real estate loans had interest reserves including both borrower and bank funded. There is a risk that an interest reserve could mask problems with a borrower’s willingness and ability to repay the debt consistent with the terms and conditions of the loan obligation; therefore, the Company has implemented review policies to identify and monitor all loans with interest reserves in order to identify potential impairments or discontinuation of interest accruals.
          Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) were $35.2 million, or 2.08% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $22.2 million, or 1.39% of average loans for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase over last year was due primarily to the writedown of $10.0 million of collateral dependent loans to fair value.

62


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of the allowance for loan losses and reflects charge-offs and recoveries by loan category.
                                         
    At or for the Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    (Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
    $ 48,625       $ 22,355       $ 12,445       $ 10,828       $ 9,473  
Charge-offs:
                                       
Real estate loans
    31,846       15,009       1,720       328       419  
Installment loans
    677       1,255       576       338       252  
Credit card and related plans
    71       107       63       85       49  
Commercial and all other
    4,226       6,432       963       351       280  
 
                   
Total charge-offs
    36,820       22,803       3,322       1,102       1,000  
 
                   
Recoveries:
                                       
Real estate loans
    889       204       135       63       69  
Installment loans
    211       85       134       90       60  
Credit card and related plans
    7       2       14       22       3  
Commercial and all other
    491       343       181       55       58  
 
                   
Total recoveries
    1,598       634       464       230       190  
 
                   
Net charge-offs (recoveries)
    35,222       22,169       2,858       872       810  
 
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    24,349       48,439       11,109       2,489       2,165  
Allowance acquired from Cardinal
    -           -           1,659       -           -      
 
                   
 
                                       
Balance at end of period
    $ 37,752       $ 48,625       $ 22,355       $ 12,445       $ 10,828  
 
                   
 
                                       
Ratio of net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans
    2.08 %     1.39 %     0.26 %     0.10 %     0.10 %
The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses by category.
                                                                                 
    At December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %   Amount   %
    (Dollars in thousands)
Real estate
    $ 32,550       86.2 %     $ 41,044       84.4 %     $ 16,802       75.2 %     $ 8,248       66.3 %     $ 7,076       65.3 %
Commercial, agricultural, other
    4,335       11.5 %     6,244       12.8 %     4,617       20.7 %     3,622       29.1 %     2,869       26.5 %
Consumer
    867       2.3 %     1,337       2.8 %     936       4.2 %     575       4.6 %     189       1.8 %
Unallocated
    -           0.0 %     -           0.0 %     -           0.0 %     -           0.0 %     695       6.4 %
 
                                       
Total
    $ 37,752       100.0 %     $ 48,625       100.0 %     $ 22,355       100.0 %     $ 12,445       100.0 %     $ 10,829       100.0 %
 
                                       
Noninterest Income
          Noninterest income is derived primarily from activities such as service fees on deposit and loan accounts, commissions earned from the sale of insurance and investment products, income from the mortgage banking operations,

63


Table of Contents

gains or losses sustained from the sale or impairment of investment securities or mortgage loans and income earned from bank-owned life insurance (BOLI).
          Noninterest income decreased 10.9% or $2.7 million in 2010. A decrease in the gain on sale of mortgages of $4.5 million and decreases in other service fees made up the majority of the decrease. The decrease in gain on sale of mortgages was primarily related to a decrease in mortgage activity during 2010 as refinancing activity declined. The decrease in other service fees was due primarily to decreases in commissions and fees on mortgages originated of $387,000, or 19.4%, decreases in merchant and cardholder processing fees of $244,000, and decreases in commissions and fees on mutual funds and annuities of $179,000, or 21.9%. These decreases were offset by an increase in gains on sale of available-for-sale securities of $2.2 million. Service charges on deposit accounts were up by $230,000, or 4.0%. NOW and money market account service charges increased 36.7% as average balances increased and business checking account service charges increased 8.6%. ATM service charge income was up by $162,000, or 36.0%. These increases were offset by a decrease in NSF fees (a major component of service charges) of $189,000, or 4.5%, primarily due to the impact of new regulations. Other service fees were also down by $872,000, or 17.9%.
          Noninterest income increased 56.6%, or $9.0 million, in 2009 as compared to 2008. An increase in the gain on sale of mortgages of $5.9 million and increases in service charges and other service fees made up the majority of the increase. Service charges on deposit accounts were up by $1.3 million, or 30.4%, and other service fees were up by $1.5 million, or 44.1%. Service charges on deposit accounts increased as total NSF fees (a major component of service charges) increased $964,000, or 29.7%, due to the addition of American Community. ATM service charge income was up by $43,000, or 10.7%. NOW and money market account service charges increased 40.7% with American Community providing the increase. The increase in other service fees was due primarily to increases in commissions and fees on mortgages originated of $883,000, or 76.4%, and increases in commissions and fees on mutual funds and annuities of $203,000, or 32.8%. Merchant and cardholder processing fee income increased $200,000, or 24.6%.
The following table presents certain noninterest income accounts that were significantly impacted by the American Community acquisition in 2009.
                                 
            Increase/   American   Increase/(decrease)
    Total   (decrease)   Community   excluding American
    2009   over 2008   region   Community region
Checking, savings and money market account fees (1)
    $ 1,069,080       $ 329,286       $ 319,696       $ 9,590  
ATM service charges
    448,388       43,450       85,690       (42,240 )
Consumer NSF fees (1)
    3,112,593       732,048       879,967       (147,919 )
Commercial NSF fees (1)
    1,101,402       232,438       216,614       15,824  
 
               
Total service charge on deposit accounts
    $ 5,731,463       $ 1,337,222       $ 1,501,967       $ (164,745 )
 
               
Notes:
(1) included in service charges on deposit accounts line item on the Consolidated Statements of Income
          Losses due to other-than-temporary impairment of securities increased from $372,000 in 2009 to $482,000, in 2010 primarily due to the write down of $384,000 of an investment in a financial services company. Management also recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges on two other investments in 2010. Mortgage banking income (loss) also increased $124,000, or 593.6%, in 2010 as a result of a smaller decrease in the value of the mortgage servicing rights in 2010. Income from investment in bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) decreased $22,000, or 2.6%, in 2010. The BOLI investment income decreased $82,000, or 8.8%, from 2008 to 2009.
          Losses due to other-than-temporary impairment of securities were $372,000 in 2009, a decrease of $644,000 as compared to losses of $1.0 million recorded in 2008. Mortgage banking income (loss) decreased $211,000, or 111%, in 2009 after a decrease of $261,000, or 57.9%, in 2008, as a result of a smaller decrease in the value of the mortgage servicing rights in 2009.

64


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense
          Noninterest expense includes salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment expenses, and all other operating costs. Total noninterest expenses decreased $60.2 million, or 48.5%, comparing 2010 to 2009 and increased 213.0% comparing 2009 to 2008. Noninterest expense to average assets for 2010 was 2.86%, and 6.34% for 2009. Excluding goodwill impairment, efficiency ratios for 2010 and 2009 were 71.15% and 68.34%, respectively. The efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expenses less amortization of intangibles and goodwill impairment to the total of the taxable equivalent net interest income and noninterest income. Amortization of core deposit intangible attributable to the acquisition of Piedmont Bank totaled $340,000 in 2010 and $379,000 in 2009, a noncash expense that will continue until 2022. Amortization of core deposit intangible, attributable to the 2004 acquisition of High Country Bank, totaled $314,000 in 2010 and 2009, and will continue until 2012. Amortization of core deposit intangible, attributable to the 2008 acquisition of Cardinal, totaled $144,000 in 2010 and $170,000 in 2009, and will continue until 2017. Amortization of core deposit intangible attributable to the 2009 acquisition of American Community Bank, totaled $485,000 in 2010 and $376,000 in 2009, and will continue until 2019. All are being amortized under an accelerated method.
          Salaries and employee benefits constitute the largest component of noninterest expense. Comparing 2010 to 2009, salaries and benefits increased by $912,000, or 3.2%. These increases were due primarily to the addition of American Community employees for twelve months in 2010, as compared to nine months in 2009. In addition, the Company accrued compensation expense in the amount of $825,000 related to the branch consolidations announced in the fourth quarter of 2010. Comparing 2009 to 2008, salaries and employee benefits increased $8.7 million, or 43.7%, due primarily to the addition of American Community employees. Occupancy and equipment expense increased $1.5 million, or 21.6%, comparing 2010 to 2009 due primarily to the addition of American Community branches for a full twelve months in 2010 as opposed to nine months in the previous year. In addition, approximately $220,000 of lease termination expense was accrued in the fourth quarter of 2010 as part of the branch consolidations. Occupancy expenses increased $2.2 million, or 46.6%, comparing 2009 to 2008 due to the acquisition of American Community branches.
          Data processing expense increased by 4.0% over 2009 and printing and supplies expenses decreased 21.9%. Communication expense increased by 21.8%, when compared to 2009. Overall increases in noninterest expenses were related to the addition of American Community branches for a full twelve months in 2010 as compared to nine months in 2009. FDIC assessment expenses were also up 7.8% due to increased assessments by the FDIC. In the prior year, additional advertising and marketing campaigns were utilized in connection with the American Community merger.
          When comparing 2009 to 2008, data processing expense increased by 77.8% and printing and supplies expenses increased 26.2%. Communication expense also increased by 42.2% in 2009 when compared to 2008, due to a change in service providers. Attorney fees increased 193.5% and loan collections expense increased 479.2% as past due and foreclosures increased significantly in 2009. FDIC assessment expenses were also up 370.0% due to increased assessments by the FDIC compared to FDIC assessment accruals in the prior year. Advertising and marketing expense increased by 4.8%.
          Other operating expenses decreased $900,000, or 8.2%, comparing 2010 to 2009, down from a 18.3% increase from 2008 to 2009. The largest decreases in the categories under other operating expenses were accounting fees down $456,000, transfer agent fees down $113,000, ATM/debit card processing fees down $309,000 and other miscellaneous expenses down $619,000. Attorney fees decreased 44.3% and loan collections expense decreased 1.7% as the Bank began to see some improvements in past due and classified loans during 2010. The decrease in attorney fees were primarily due to merger related attorney costs incurred in the prior year. Advertising and marketing expense decreased by 26.9%. Other operating expenses include items such as computer supplies, meetings and travel, directors’ fees, postage, mortgage origination related expenses and professional fees.
          Other operating expenses increased $1.5 million, or 18.3%, comparing 2009 to 2008. The largest increases in the categories under other operating expenses were accounting fees up $129,000, other professional fees up $343,000, transfer agent fees up $143,000, ATM/debit card processing fees up $148,000 and other outside service fees up $184,000. Professional fees, such as attorney and accounting fees and other outside service fees, increased due to increased volume and complexity associated with financial reporting, internal auditing, and responding to regulatory requests. Other operating expenses include items such as computer supplies, meetings and travel, directors’ fees, postage, mortgage origination related expenses and professional fees.

65


Table of Contents

          The following table presents certain noninterest expense accounts that were significantly impacted by the American Community acquisition in 2009.
                                 
                    American   Increase
    Total   Increase   Community   excluding American
    2009   over 2008   region   Community region
Salaries and employee benefits
    $ 28,625,817       $ 8,705,396       $ 3,271,280       $ 5,434,116  
Occupancy expenses
    6,892,655       2,191,497       1,199,479       992,018  
Data processing expenses
    1,397,459       611,147       269,881       341,266  
Communication expenses
    1,471,505       436,634       317,228       119,406  
Advertising expenses
    1,360,686       61,668       24,293       37,375  
Attorney fees
    1,104,191       727,908       45,708       682,200  
Loan collection fees
    1,231,791       1,019,115       4,767       1,014,348  
Other expenses
    9,836,397       1,521,434       816,008       705,426  
Income Taxes
          Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $1.4 million compared to income tax benefit of $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of 84.4%. The decrease in income tax benefit was due to a decrease in net losses incurred for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to net losses for the year ended December 31, 2009. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was (99.1)% compared to (10.6)% for the same period of 2009. The goodwill impairment recorded in 2009 had no impact on the effective rate. The change in effective tax rate in 2010 was due primarily to a large percentage of non-taxable investment income to pretax losses for the year. See Note 10 in the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of income taxes.
          Our net deferred tax asset was $15.6 million and $19.4 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. This decrease is related to the elimination of certain temporary differences. In evaluating whether we will realize the full benefit of our net deferred tax asset, we consider both positive and negative evidence, including recent earnings trends and projected earnings, asset quality, etc. As of December 31, 2010, management concluded that the net deferred tax assets were fully realizable. The Company will continue to monitor deferred tax assets closely to evaluate whether we will be able to realize the full benefit of our net deferred tax asset and need for valuation allowance. Significant negative trends in credit quality, losses from operations, etc. could impact the realizability of the deferred tax asset in the future.
          Management believes that the Bank’s strong history of earnings since the inception of the bank, and particularly over the past 10 years, shows the Company has been profitable historically. The Company has no history of expiration of loss carryforwards. We believe our forecasted earnings over the next three years provides positive evidence to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed. Management’s past projections have proven to be close to actual results verifying the reliability of management’s forecasting methodology. Management closely monitors the previous twelve quarters of income (loss) before income taxes in determining the need for a valuation allowance which is called the cumulative loss test. Negatively, in 2009 we incurred a loss which did result in the failure of the cumulative loss test; however, excluding the goodwill impairment, as it is a loss of infrequent nature and is an aberration rather than a continuing condition, the Company passed the cumulative loss test by $4.6 million as of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2010, the Company did not pass the cumulative loss test by $18.7 million; although, with the pre-tax impact of management’s considerations, the Company feels confident that deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized.

66


Table of Contents

          The 2010 deficit is reflected in the following table:
                                 
    December 31, 2010 Cumulative Loss Test
    2008   2009   2010   Total
Income (loss) before income taxes
    $ 5,108       $ (83,933 )     $ (1,401 )     $ (80,226 )
Goodwill impairment
    -           61,566       -           61,566  
 
               
 
    $ 5,108       $ (22,367 )     $ (1,401 )     $ (18,660 )
 
               
          The Company is not relying upon any tax planning strategies or offset of deferred tax liabilities due to the strength of the positive evidence in management’s evaluation of the Company’s outlook.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
          In the normal course of business, the Bank has various outstanding contractual obligations that will require future cash outflows. The Bank’s contractual obligations for maturities of deposits and borrowings are presented in the Gap Analysis included herein under Item 7. In addition, in the normal course of business, the Bank enters into purchase obligations for goods or services. The dollar amount of such purchase obligations at December 31, 2010 was not material. The following table presents contractual obligations of the Bank as of December 31, 2010.
                                         
    Payments Due by Period
    On Demand                        
    or Less                   After    
    than 1 Year   1-3 Years   4-5 Years   5 Years   Total
    (Dollars in thousands)
Short-term borrowings
    $ 44,773       $       $       $       $ 44,773  
Long-term borrowings
          21,000       10,000       40,995       71,995  
Capital lease obligation
                      2,402       2,402  
Operating leases
    1,590       2,338       1,701       2,470       8,099  
Other contractual obligations
    1,310                         1,310  
 
                   
Total contractual cash obligations, excluding deposits
    47,673       23,338       11,701       45,867       128,579  
Deposits
    1,561,151       333,430       125,825             2,020,406  
 
                                       
 
                   
Total contractual obligations
    $ 1,608,824       $ 356,768       $ 137,526       $ 45,867       $ 2,148,985  
 
                   
          In addition to the contractual obligations described above, the Bank, in the normal course of business, issues various financial instruments, such as loan commitments, guarantees and standby letters of credit, to meet the financing needs of its customers. Such commitments for the Bank, as of December 31, 2010, are presented in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
          As part of its ongoing business, the Bank does not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as special purpose entities (SPEs), which generally are established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
New Accounting Standards
          See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of new accounting standards and management’s assessment of the potential impact on the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

67


Table of Contents

Fourth Quarter Summary
     In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company reported net loss to common shareholders of $8,000, compared with net income of $3.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. Diluted earnings per common share was $.00 for the fourth quarter of 2010, compared with $0.20 for the same 2009 period.
     Net interest income was $16.0 million for the quarter-ended December 31, 2010, down $1.9 million, or 10.7%, from the quarter-ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to a decrease in fair market value adjustments resulting from the American Community acquisition of $1.5 million, as well as an increase in interest expense on deposits. The net interest margin was 2.97% and 3.83% for the fourth quarter of 2010 and 2009, respectively.
     Provision for loan losses increased from $3.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2009 to $6.3 million for the fourth quarter of 2010. This increase in the provision was driven primarily by increased charge-offs in the fourth quarter of 2010 as compared to 2009. For the fourth quarter of 2010, net loan charge-offs were $13.3 million, or 3.08% of average loans (annualized), compared with $8.8 million, or 2.05% of average loans during the fourth quarter of 2009.
     Noninterest income in the fourth quarter of 2010 was $7.3 million, compared with $6.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2009. The increase in non-interest income was primarily due to gains on sales of securities available-for-sale of $1.3 million. Gains on sales of mortgage loans was also up $317,000 or 11.3% as compared to the fourth quarter of 2009.
     Non-interest expense totaled $17.0 million for the fourth quarter of 2010, an increase of $2.5 million, or 17.2%, from $14.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2009. Compensation and employee benefits increased $748,000, or 10.8%, from the fourth quarter of 2009, primarily due to increased commissions, as well as a decrease in offsetting deferred loan costs of $277,000. Occupancy and equipment expenses increased $295,000, or 15.8%, from the fourth quarter of 2009, primarily due to the accrual of $220,000 in lease termination costs related to the consolidation of four branches.
Inflation
          Since the assets and liabilities of a bank are primarily monetary in nature (payable in fixed, determinable amounts), the performance of a bank is affected more by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates generally increase as the rate of inflation increases, but the magnitude of the change in rates may not be the same.
          While the effect of inflation is normally not as significant on banks as it is on those businesses that have large investments in plant and inventories, it does have an effect. There are normally corresponding increases in the money supply, and banks will normally experience above average growth in assets, loans, and deposits. Also, general increases in the prices of goods and services will result in increased operating expenses.
Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —“Market Risk, Asset/Liability Management and Interest Rate Sensitivity”.

68


Table of Contents

Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
(DIXON HUGHES LOGO)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation
Elkin, North Carolina
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and subsidiary at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 10, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s / Dixon Hughes PLLC
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 10, 2011

69


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2010 and 2009
 
                 
    2010   2009
ASSETS   (Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)  
Cash and due from banks
    $ 31,967       $ 89,668  
Federal funds sold
    31       93  
Interest-bearing deposits
    197,782       2,576  
Securities available-for-sale- at fair value
(amortized cost $297,086 in 2010 and $179,143 in 2009)
    298,002       183,841  
Gross loans
    1,600,539       1,676,448  
Less: allowance for loan losses
    37,752       48,625  
 
       
Net loans
    1,562,787       1,627,823  
 
               
Loans held-for-sale
    50,419       49,715  
Accrued interest receivable
    7,947       7,783  
Premises and equipment, net
    45,970       43,642  
Foreclosed real estate
    25,582       14,345  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
    9,416       10,539  
Investment in bank-owned life insurance
    25,278       24,454  
Goodwill
    4,944       4,944  
Core deposit intangible (net of accumulated amortization of $7,615
in 2010 and $6,335 in 2009)
    4,907       6,187  
Other assets
    35,562       48,002  
 
       
 
               
TOTAL ASSETS
    $ 2,300,594       $ 2,113,612  
 
       
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
 
               
Deposits
               
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
    $ 216,161       $ 207,850  
Interest-bearing deposits:
               
NOW, savings and money market accounts
    589,790       445,508  
Time certificates:
               
$100 or more
    477,030       560,825  
Other
    737,425       607,569  
 
       
Total Deposits
    2,020,406       1,821,752  
 
               
Short-term borrowings
    44,773       44,467  
Long-term borrowings
    71,995       79,000  
Capital lease obligations
    2,402       2,437  
Accrued interest payable
    3,302       3,015  
Other liabilities
    10,259       10,676  
 
       
 
               
TOTAL LIABILITIES
    $ 2,153,137       $ 1,961,347  
 
       
 
               
Shareholders’ Equity
               
Preferred stock, no par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized;
49,312,000 issued and outstanding in 2010 and 2009
    46,770       46,152  
Common stock, $1 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized;
16,147,640 issued and outstanding in 2010 and 16,129,640
issued and outstanding in 2009
    16,148       16,130  
Warrants
    3,581       3,581  
Surplus
    114,649       114,573  
Accumulated deficit
    (34,273 )     (31,080 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    582       2,909  
 
       
 
               
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    147,457       152,266  
 
       
 
               
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    $ 2,300,594       $ 2,113,612  
 
       
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

70


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
INTEREST INCOME:   (Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)  
Interest and fees on loans
    $ 90,837       $ 88,321       $ 67,459  
Interest on federal funds sold
    10       25       56  
Interest and dividends on securities:
                       
Taxable
    5,570       5,112       5,118  
Non-taxable
    2,200       2,039       1,517  
Interest-bearing deposits
    385       45       376  
 
           
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME
    99,002       95,542       74,526  
 
           
 
                       
INTEREST EXPENSE
                       
Time deposits of $100 or more
    13,274       11,354       11,735  
Other time and savings deposits
    18,619       17,630       18,526  
Borrowed funds
    2,440       2,847       4,275  
 
           
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE
    34,333       31,831       34,536  
 
           
 
                       
NET INTEREST INCOME
    64,669       63,711       39,990  
PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    24,349       48,439       11,109  
 
           
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES
    40,320       15,272       28,881  
 
           
 
                       
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
                       
Service charges on deposit accounts
    5,961       5,731       4,394  
Other service fees
    3,997       4,869       3,378  
Net gain on sales and fees of mortgage loans
    9,022       13,563       7,679  
Net gain on sales of investment securities
    2,180       -           -      
Income on investment in bank-owned life insurance
    824       846       928  
Mortgage banking income (loss)
    103       (21 )     190  
Other than temporary impairment of securities
    (482 )     (372 )     (1,016 )
Other income
    533       227       311  
 
           
TOTAL NON-INTEREST INCOME
    22,138       24,843       15,864  
 
           
 
                       
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    29,538       28,626       19,920  
Occupancy and equipment expense
    8,380       6,893       4,701  
Printing and supplies
    877       1,122       889  
Data processing
    1,453       1,397       786  
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    1,280       1,240       877  
Communications expense
    1,793       1,471       1,035  
Advertising expense
    995       1,361       1,299  
FDIC assessment expense
    4,366       4,052       862  
Acquisition related costs
    -           2,590       -      
Loan collection costs
    1,210       1,232       213  
Goodwill impairment
    -           61,566       -      
Net cost of operation of other real estate
    3,927       1,558       363  
Other expenses
    10,040       10,940       8,692  
 
           
TOTAL NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
    63,859       124,048       39,637  
 
           
 
                       
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    (1,401 )     (83,933 )     5,108  
INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
    (1,389 )     (8,876 )     1,241  
 
           
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (12 )     (75,057 )     3,867  
 
                       
Preferred stock dividend and accretion of preferred stock discount
    3,181       2,435       -      
 
           
 
                       
NET INCOME (LOSS) TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
    $ (3,193 )     $ (77,492 )     $ 3,867  
 
           
 
                       
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE:
                       
Basic
    $ (0.20 )     $ (5.23 )     $ 0.34  
Diluted
    $ (0.20 )     $ (5.23 )     $ 0.34  
CASH DIVIDENDS PER COMMON SHARE
    $ -           $ 0.12       $ 0.52  
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

71


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (Amounts in thousands)
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    $ (12 )     $ (75,057 )     $ 3,867  
 
           
 
                       
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
                       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale
    (1,625 )     1,417       1,220  
Tax effect
    639       (515 )     (470 )
 
           
 
                       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale, net of tax amount
    (986 )     902       750  
 
           
 
                       
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains) losses
    (2,180 )     -           -      
Reclassification adjustment for impairment losses
    -           -           1,016  
Tax effect
    839       -           (391 )
 
           
 
                       
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains) losses,
net of tax amount
    (1,341 )     -           625  
 
           
 
                       
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAX
    (2,327 )     902       1,375  
 
           
 
                       
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
    $ (2,339 )     $ (74,155 )     $ 5,242  
 
           
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

72


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                                                                 
                                                    Accumulated    
                                                    other   Total
    Common Stock   Preferred                   Retained   comprehensive   Shareholders’
    Shares   Amount   Stock   Warrants   Surplus   earnings   income (loss)   equity
    (Amounts in thousands, except share data)
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2008
    10,563,356       $ 10,563       $ -           $ -           $ 70,987       $ 51,086       $ 632       $ 133,268  
 
                                                               
Cumulative effect of adoption of new accounting standard (Note 1)
    -           -           -           -           -           (897 )     -           (897 )
Net income
    -           -           -           -           -           3,867       -           3,867  
Shares issued under stock option plan
    89,455       90       -           -           533       -           -           623  
Stock option compensation
    -           -           -           -           67       -           -           67  
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    -           -           -           -           252       -           -           252  
Cash dividends declared
    -           -           -           -           -           (5,986 )     -           (5,986 )
Fractional shares retired
    (58 )     -           -           -           -           -           -           -      
Shares issued in acquisition of Cardinal State Bank
    883,747       884       -           -           16,191       -           -           17,075  
Other comprehensive income
    -           -           -           -           -           -           1,375       1,375  
 
                               
 
                                                               
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2008
    11,536,500       11,537       -           -           88,030       48,070       2,007       149,644  
 
                                                               
Net loss
    -           -           -           -           -           (75,057 )     -           (75,057 )
Shares issued under stock option plan
    8       -           -           -           -           -           -           -      
Preferred stock issued
    -           -           49,312       -           -           -           -           49,312  
Preferred stock discount
    -           -           (3,581 )     -           -           -           -           (3,581 )
Warrants issued
    -           -           -           3,581       -           -           -           3,581  
Discount accretion of preferred stock warrants
    -           -           421       -           -           (421 )     -           -      
Stock option compensation
    -           -           -           -           74       -           -           74  
Cash dividends declared
    -           -           -           -           -           (1,658 )     -           (1,658 )
Preferred stock dividends
    -           -           -           -           -           (2,014 )     -           (2,014 )
Shares issued in acquisition of American Community Bank
    4,593,132       4,593       -           -           26,469       -           -           31,062  
Other comprehensive income
    -           -           -           -           -           -           902       902  
 
                               
 
                                                               
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2009
    16,129,640       16,130       46,152       3,581       114,573       (31,080 )     2,909       152,265  
 
                                                               
Net loss
    -           -           -           -           -           (12 )     -           (12 )
Restricted stock issued
    18,000       18       -           -           (18 )     -           -           -      
Discount accretion of preferred stock warrants
    -           -           618       -           -           (618 )     -           -      
Stock option compensation
    -           -           -           -           77       -           -           77  
Restricted stock compensation
    -           -           -           -           17       -           -           17  
Preferred stock dividends
    -           -           -           -           -           (2,563 )     -           (2,563 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    -           -           -           -           -           -           (2,327 )     (2,327 )
 
                               
 
                                                               
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010
    16,147,640       $ 16,148       $ 46,770       $ 3,581       $ 114,649       $ (34,273 )     $ 582       $ 147,457  
 
                               
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

73


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (Amounts in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
                       
Net income (loss)
    $ (12 )     $ (75,057 )     $ 3,867  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Net amortization (accretion) of premiums on investment securities
    2,643       735       (52 )
Provision for loan losses
    24,349       48,439       11,109  
Net gain on sales of mortgage loans
    (731 )     (1,072 )     (770 )
Other than temporary impairment of investments
    482       372       1,016  
Impairment of goodwill
    -           61,566       -      
Net gain on sale of available-for-sale securities
    (2,180 )     -           -      
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (824 )     (846 )     (928 )
Depreciation and amortization
    3,047       2,764       2,012  
Loss on sale of premises and equipment
    55       70       49  
Net loss on other real estate owned
    2,424       1,558       363  
Amortization of core deposit intangible
    1,280       1,240       877  
Deferred tax (benefit)
    5,293       (5,346 )     (3,292 )
Stock based compensation expense
    94       74       67  
Originations of mortgage loans held-for-sale
    (937,003 )     (1,646,149 )     (1,045,770 )
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held-for-sale
    937,030       1,647,436       1,049,365  
Decrease in capital lease obligations
    (35 )     (13 )     -      
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable
    (164 )     (347 )     1,248  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    8,180       (21,632 )     (4,500 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable
    287       (1,128 )     (482 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    (417 )     828       142  
 
           
 
                       
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    43,798       13,492       14,321  
 
           
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
                       
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (230,851 )     (31,267 )     (33,672 )
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    53,331       -           15,498  
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
    59,057       57,971       24,624  
Net (increase) decrease in loans
    19,455       (113,352 )     (140,096 )
Acquisition of Cardinal State Bank, net of cash paid
    -           -           11,980  
Acquisition of American Community Bank, net of cash paid
    -           78       -      
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (5,431 )     (4,253 )     (3,157 )
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
    -           1,074       288  
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    -           (2,385 )     (7,923 )
Proceeds from redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    1,123       1,851       3,155  
Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed real estate
    7,571       7,190       1,144  
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance
    -           -           2  
 
           
 
                       
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    (95,745 )     (83,093 )     (128,157 )
 
           
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

74


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (Amounts in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
                       
Net increase (decrease) in checking, NOW, money market and savings accounts
    $ 152,594       $ 83,130       $ (16,400 )
Net increase in time certificates
    46,060       143,630       36,419  
Net increase (decrease) in borrowed funds
    (6,700 )     (136,485 )     98,625  
Dividends paid
    (2,563 )     (3,672 )     (5,986 )
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    -           -           252  
Proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and warrants
    -           49,312       -      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    -           -           623  
 
           
 
                       
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    189,391       135,915       113,533  
 
                       
NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    137,444       66,313       (303 )
 
                       
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
                       
Beginning of year
    92,336       26,023       26,326  
 
           
End of year
    $ 229,780       $ 92,336       $ 26,023  
 
           
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
Cash paid for interest
    $ 34,942       $ 28,789       $ 34,417  
 
           
Cash paid for income taxes
    $ 8       $ 2,607       $ 4,865  
 
           
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH
                       
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Transfer from loans to foreclosed real estate
    $ 21,232       $ 18,642       $ 3,917  
 
           
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities available for sale, net of tax effect
    $ (2,327 )     $ 902       $ 1,375  
 
           
Issuance of shares in acquisition of Cardinal
    $ -           $ -           $ 17,075  
 
           
Issuance of shares in acquisition of American Community
    $ -           $ 31,062       $ -      
 
           
See notes to consolidated financial statements.

75


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Organization – Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation (the “Company”) was formed July 1, 2006 as a holding company for Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust Company (the “Bank”). The Bank has eight wholly owned subsidiaries, Main Street Investment Services, Inc., which provides investment services to the Company’s customers, Sidus Financial LLC, which provides mortgage brokerage services throughout North Carolina and the eastern seaboard, Green Street I, LLC, Green Street II, LLC, Green Street III, LLC, Green Street IV, LLC, Green Street V, LLC and PBRE, Inc. PBRE, Inc. is a shell company that serves as a trustee on real estate loans. The Bank was incorporated in North Carolina on September 16, 1968, and is a member of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). As a result, the Bank is regulated by the state and the FDIC. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta. The Company is headquartered in Elkin, North Carolina and the Bank provides consumer and commercial banking services in North Carolina and South Carolina through 38 full-service banking offices. Sidus offers mortgage-banking services to its customers in North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, Georgia, Maryland, Alabama, Florida, Kentucky, Louisiana, West Virginia, Delaware, Mississippi, Arkansas, Tennessee, Pennsylvania, Vermont, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Maine, Massachusetts and Connecticut. The Company and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to herein as the “Company.” The Company formed Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”) during November 2007 in order to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities. The Trust is a statutory business trust formed under the laws of the state of Delaware. All of the common securities of the Trust are owned by the Company. On April 17, 2009, the Company acquired American Community Bancshares, Inc. (“American Community”), headquartered in Charlotte, NC (refer to Note 2). American Community shareholders received either $12.35 in cash or 0.8517 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to an overall allocation of 19.5% cash and 80.5% stock. The overall acquisition cost was approximately $47.2 million based on the issuance of 4.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock at a stock price of $6.72 on the date of the merger, and cash payment of $16.1 million to American Community shareholders.
Basis of Presentation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The investment in Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I, in accordance with accounting for variable interest entities, has been recorded by the Company in other assets with the corresponding increase to long-term debt.
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods. Restricted cash as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 held at Sidus Financial, LLC was $2,188,052 and $2,186,673, respectively.
Investment Securities - Debt securities that the Bank has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held-to-maturity” securities and reported at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as “trading” securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings. Debt and equity securities not classified as either held-to-maturity or trading securities are classified as “available-for-sale” securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported, net of related tax effects, as a separate component of equity and as an item of other comprehensive income. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined using the trade date basis. Declines in the fair value of individual held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary (“OTTI”) result in write-downs of the individual securities to their fair value. The related write downs are included in earnings as realized losses. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the period to maturity. Transfers of securities between classifications are accounted for at fair value. All securities held at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are classified as available-for-sale.
Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses - Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future are stated at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any deferred fees and costs. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. Loan origination and other fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield using the interest method.

76


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
All loans over $20,000 are risk graded on a scale from 1 (highest quality) to 8 (loss). Management considers certain loans graded “doubtful” or “loss” to be impaired and may consider “substandard” loans impaired depending on an evaluation of the probability of repayment of the loan. All classes of loans are considered impaired when all or a portion of the loan is determined to be uncollectable. Loans that are deemed to be impaired (i.e., probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan) are evaluated based on fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, the fair value of the loan or, alternatively, probable cash flows. A specific reserve is established as part of the allowance for loan losses to record the difference between the stated principal amount and the present value or market value of the impaired loan. Impaired loans are evaluated on a loan-by-loan basis (e.g., loans with risk characteristics unique to an individual borrower). For all classes of loans the Company discontinues the accrual of interest income when the loans are either at least 90 days past due or less than 90 days past due but the collectability of such interest and principal becomes doubtful. Subsequent payments received on nonaccrual loans are recorded as a reduction of principal. Interest income is recorded only after principal recovery is reasonably assured. Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, the loan has performed for six months, and future payments are probable.
The provision for loan losses charged to operations is an amount sufficient to bring the allowance for loan losses to an estimated balance considered adequate to absorb potential losses in the portfolio resulting from events that occurred as of the balance sheet date. Management’s determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an evaluation of the portfolio, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other risk factors. Recovery of the carrying value of loans is dependent to some extent on future economic, operating and other conditions that may be beyond the control of the Bank. Unanticipated future adverse changes in such conditions could result in material adjustments to the allowance for loan losses. In addition, regulatory examiners may require the Bank to recognize changes to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Loans Held-for-Sale - Loans held-for-sale primarily consist of one to four family residential loans originated for sale in the secondary market and are carried at the lower of cost or market determined on an aggregate basis. Gains and losses on sales of loans held-for-sale are included in other non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. Gains and losses on loan sales are determined by the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the loans sold.
Foreclosed Real Estate Foreclosed real estate is stated at the lower of carrying amount or market value less estimated cost to sell. Any initial losses at the time of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses with any subsequent losses or write-downs included in the consolidated statements of income as a component of other expenses.
Business Combinations - The Company accounts for all business combinations after January 1, 2009 by the acquisition method of accounting whereby acquired assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition with the remainder of the purchase price allocated to identified intangible assets and goodwill. Business combinations are discussed further in Note 2.
Purchased Impaired Loans – Purchased loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value on the date of acquisition without the carryover of the related allowance for loan losses, which include loans purchased in the American Community acquisition. Purchased impaired loans are accounted for under the Receivables topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification when the loans have evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that the Company will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments. Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of the date of acquisition may include statistics such as past due and nonaccural status. Purchased impaired loans generally meet the Company’s definition for nonaccrual status. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable difference which is included in the carrying amount of the loans. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows will generally result in a provision for loan losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in a reversal of the provision for loan losses to the extent of prior charges, or a reversal of the nonaccretable difference with a positive impact on future interest income. Further, any excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan when there is a reasonable expectation about the amount and timing of such cash flows.

77


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Purchased Performing Loans – The Company accounts for performing loans acquired in business combinations using the contractual cash flows method of recognizing discount accretion based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows. Purchased performing loans are recorded at fair value, including a credit discount. The fair value discount is accreted as an adjustment to yield over the estimated lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for purchased performing loans in the American Community acquisition. A provision for loan losses is recorded for any further deterioration in these loans subsequent to the merger.
Mortgage Banking Activities When the Bank retains the right to service a sold mortgage loan, the previous carrying amount is allocated between the loan sold and the retained mortgage servicing right based on their relative fair values on the date of transfer. The Bank adopted accounting guidance on transfers and servicing using the fair value method of accounting for mortgage servicing rights.
Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when rights are acquired through purchase or through sale of financial assets. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at fair value.
At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Bank was servicing loans for others of $245,139,672, $212,941,536 and $184,603,881, respectively. The Bank carries fidelity bond insurance coverage of $8,000,000 and errors and omissions insurance coverage of $1,000,000 per occurrence. Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with the loan servicing were $188,883 and $126,599 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Mortgage servicing rights with a fair value of $2,144,139 and $1,917,941 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are included in other assets. Amortization/market value adjustments related to mortgage servicing rights were $(431,350), $(549,815) and $(384,062) for the years ended 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively and recorded as a reduction to the mortgage banking income. A valuation of the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is performed using a pooling methodology. Similar loans are “pooled” together and evaluated on a discounted earnings basis to determine the present value of future earnings. The present value of future earnings is the estimated market value for the pool, calculated using consensus assumptions that a third party purchaser would utilize in evaluating potential acquisition of the servicing.
Premises and Equipment - Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Additions and major replacements or betterments, which extend the useful lives of premises and equipment, are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is provided based on the estimated useful lives of the assets using both straight-line methods for buildings and land improvements and accelerated methods for furniture and fixtures. The estimated useful lives for computing depreciation and amortization are 10 years for land improvements, 30 to 40 years for buildings, and 3 to 10 years for furniture and equipment. Gains or losses on dispositions of premises and equipment are reflected in income.
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If the sum of the expected future cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized.
Goodwill and Other Intangibles – The Company performs an annual goodwill impairment assessment for the Sidus segment as of October 1st. In addition, the Company will assess the impairment of goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment in the value of goodwill recorded on our balance sheet may exist. In order to estimate the fair value of goodwill, the Company typically makes various judgments and assumptions, including, among other things, the identification of the reporting units, the assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, the future prospects for the reporting unit that the asset relates to, the market factors specific to that reporting unit, the future cash flows to be generated by that reporting unit, and the weighted average cost of capital for purposes of establishing a discount rate. Assumptions used in these assessments are consistent with our internal planning. At September 30, 2009, it was determined that impairment existed in the banking reporting unit and a goodwill impairment charge of $61.6 million was recorded. No impairment at the Sidus segment was identified as a result of the testing performed in 2010 and 2009. The purchase of American Community added $13.0 million to Goodwill in 2009, (refer to Note 2), and was included in the impairment charge recorded in September 2009. See Note 22 for further discussion of goodwill impairment. Intangible assets with finite lives

78


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
include core deposits and a non-compete agreement with a former employee of American Community. Intangible assets are subject to impairment testing whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Core deposit intangibles are amortized on the sum-of-years digits method (intangibles acquired in 2002 and 2009), straight-line method (intangibles acquired in 2004) and an accelerated method (intangibles acquired in 2008) over a period not to exceed 20 years. Other intangibles include a non-compete agreement as part of the American Community acquisition and is amortized over 5 years.
                                 
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
    Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
            (Amounts in thousands)          
Amortized intangible assets
                               
Core deposit intangible
    $ 12,522       $ (7,615 )     $ 12,522       $ (6,335 )
Non-compete agreement
    880       (325 )     880       (130 )
 
               
 
    $ 13,402       $ (7,940 )     $ 13,402       $ (6,465 )
 
               
The Bank’s projected amortization expense for the core deposit intangible for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014,2015 and thereafter is $1,173,992, $1,079,629, $677,872, $590,409, $502,946, and $882,216, respectively. The remaining weighted average amortization period is 8.2 years. The Bank’s projected amortization expense for the non-compete agreement for the years ending December 31, 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014 is $195,000, $178,320, $139,980, and $41,660, respectively.
Income Taxes - Provisions for income taxes are based on amounts reported in the statements of income and include changes in deferred taxes. Deferred taxes are computed using the asset and liability approach. The tax effects of differences between the tax and financial accounting basis of assets and liabilities are reflected in the balance sheets at the tax rates expected to be in effect when the differences reverse.
Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts management concludes are more-likely-than-not to be realized. Under ASC Topic 740 on Income Taxes, income tax benefits are recognized and measured based upon a two-step model: 1) a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits in order to be recognized, and 2) the benefit is measured as the largest dollar amount of that position that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon settlement. The difference between the benefit recognized for a position in accordance with the Income Tax topic 740 model and the tax benefit claimed on a tax return is referred to as an unrecognized tax benefit.
Earnings Per Share - Basic earnings per share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding. Potential common stock arising from stock options and restricted stock awards are included in diluted earnings per share.
Share-Based Payment - The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments in the financial statements over the period the employee is required to perform the services in exchange for the award (presumptively the vesting period) in accordance with Share-based Payment accounting guidance. This guidance also requires measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award based on the grant-date fair value of the award.
Non-marketable equity securities – As a requirement for membership, the Bank invests in stock of Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”). In addition, the Company also invests in other equity investments for which stock is not publicly traded. Due to the redemption provisions of FHLB stock, the estimated fair value of the stock is equivalent to its respective cost. Other equity investments are reviewed for impairment on a quarterly basis. These investments are discussed further in Note 4.

79


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
Comprehensive Income (Loss)- Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as “the change in equity [net assets] of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners”. The term comprehensive income includes components of comprehensive income including net income. Other comprehensive income refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. Currently, the Company’s other comprehensive income consists of unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, on available-for-sale securities.
Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Such estimates include, for example, assets acquired and liabilities assumed from business combinations, the allowance for loan losses, valuation of deferred tax assets, valuation of certain level 2 and level 3 investment securities, evaluation of securities for other-than-temporary and goodwill impairment. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
New Accounting Standards
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
In July 2010, the FASB issued the new standard governing the disclosures associated with credit quality and the allowance for loan losses. This standard requires additional disclosures related to the allowance for loan losses with the objective of providing financial statement users with greater transparency about an entity’s loan loss reserves and overall credit quality. Additional disclosures include showing on a disaggregated basis the aging of receivables, credit quality indicators, and troubled debt restructures with its effect on the allowance for loan losses. The provisions of this standard are effective for interim and annual periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 with the exception of certain activity disclosures and discussions of troubled debt restructured loans. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations. However, it increased the amount of disclosures in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
In the first quarter of 2010, additional guidance was issued under the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification requiring disclosures of significant transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value and the reasons for the transfers. Certain additional disclosures are now required in interim and annual periods to discuss the inputs and valuation technique(s) used to measure fair value. The adoption of the new accounting disclosures did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations; however, it did result in additional disclosures. See Note 16 for the related fair value disclosures.
In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to the accounting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets which eliminates the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity (QSPE), changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets, and requires additional disclosures, including information about continuing exposure to risks related to transferred financial assets. This update is effective for financial asset transfers occurring after the beginning of fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The disclosure requirements must be applied to transfers that occurred before and after the effective date. The adoption of the new practices did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
In June 2009, the FASB issued an update to the accounting standards for consolidation which contains new criteria for determining the primary beneficiary, eliminates the exception to consolidating QSPE’s, requires continual reconsideration of conclusions reached in determining the primary beneficiary, and requires additional disclosures. This update for consolidations is effective as of the beginning of fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009 and is applied using a cumulative effect adjustment to retained earnings for any carrying amount adjustments (e.g., for newly- consolidated Variable Interest Entities). The adoption of the new practices did not have an effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

80


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
From time to time, the FASB issues exposure drafts for proposed statements of financial accounting standards. Such exposure drafts are subject to comment from the public, to revisions by the FASB and to final issuance by the FASB as statements of financial accounting standards. Management considers the effect of the proposed statements on the consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and monitors the status of changes to and proposed effective dates of exposure drafts.
Reclassifications – Certain expenses reported in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the 2010 presentation. Reclassifications include loss on other real estate owned which was previously presented in other income, and loan collection and advertising expense both of which were previously included in other expenses. The reclassifications had no effect on net income (loss) or shareholders’ equity, as previously reported.
2. BUSINESS COMBINATION
Effective at the beginning of business on April 17, 2009, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of American Community Bancshares, Inc. (“American Community”), and its subsidiary American Community Bank, headquartered in Charlotte, NC. American Community had $529.4 million in tangible assets, including $416.3 million in loans and $14.4 million in tangible equity at the closing date. Pursuant to the agreement, for each share of American Community common stock, American Community shareholders received either $12.35 in cash or 0.8517 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to an overall allocation of 19.5% cash and 80.5% stock. The overall acquisition cost was approximately $47.2 million based on the issuance of 4.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock at a stock price of $6.72 at the date of the merger, and cash payment of $16.1 million to American Community shareholders.
The American Community merger is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting (revised business combination guidance). The statement of net assets acquired as of April 17, 2009 is presented in the following table. The purchased assets, assumed liabilities, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. Fair values are preliminary and subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the merger as information relative to closing date fair value becomes available. Goodwill of $13.0 million is calculated as the purchase premium after adjusting for the fair value of net assets acquired. During the refinement period there were no changes to goodwill calculated at merger. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. American Community provided revenue of $16.3 million and net loss of $5.0 million for the period of April 17, 2009 to December 31, 2009.

81


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
2. BUSINESS COMBINATION (Continued)
American Community’s results of operations prior to the acquisition are not included in the Company’s statements of income.
         
Acquisition of American Community Bancshares, Inc. (in thousands)   April 17, 2009
 
       
Consideration:
       
Cash
    $ 16,140  
Stock
    31,063  
 
   
Fair value of total consideration paid
    $ 47,203  
 
   
Net assets acquired:
       
Cash and cash equivalents
    16,219  
Investments
    72,049  
Loans, net
    416,339  
Premises and equipment, net
    9,398  
Core deposit intangible
    2,766  
Other assets
    15,536  
 
       
Deposits
    (439,949 )
Liabilities
    (58,161 )
 
   
Total identifiable net assets at fair value
    $ 34,197  
 
       
Goodwill
    13,006  
 
   
Fair value of total consideration paid
    $ 47,203  
 
   
The Company performed an interim goodwill impairment valuation during the third quarter of 2009 given the substantial decline in its common stock price, operating results, asset quality trends, market comparables and the economic outlook for the industry. As a result of this valuation, it was determined that impairment existed in the banking segment, including the acquired goodwill from American Community, and a full impairment charge was taken for goodwill related to the banking segment. See Note 22 for further discussion of goodwill impairment.
The carrying amount of acquired loans at April 17, 2009 consisted of purchased impaired loans and purchased performing loans as detailed in the following table:
                         
            Purchased    
    Purchased   Performing    
    Impaired Loans   Loans   Total Loans
    (in thousands)
Commercial, financial, and agricultural
    $ 265       $ 58,033       $ 58,298  
Construction, land development and other land
    8,362       123,496       131,858  
Real estate- 1-4 Family mortgage loans
    795       41,530       42,325  
Real estate- Commercial and other
    837       98,549       99,386  
Home equity lines of credit
    58       47,760       47,818  
Installment loans to individuals
    63       12,878       12,941  
Other loans
    308       23,405       23,713  
 
           
Total
    $ 10,688       $ 405,651       $ 416,339  
 
           

82


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
2. BUSINESS COMBINATION (Continued)
The following table presents the purchased performing loans receivable at the acquisition date. The remaining fair value adjustment for credit, interest rate and liquidity as of December 31, 2010 was $2.3 million. The amounts include principal only and do not reflect accrued interest as of the date of the acquisition or beyond:
         
    April 17, 2009
    (in thousands)  
Contractually required principal payments receivable
    $ 416,833  
Fair value adjustment for credit, interest rate, and liquidity
    (11,182 )
 
   
Fair value of purchased performing loans receivable
    $ 405,651  
 
   
The following table presents the purchased impaired loans receivable at the acquisition date and at year-end. The Company has initially applied the cost recovery method to all purchased impaired loans at the acquisition date due to uncertainty as to the timing of expected cash flows as reflected in the following table:
         
    April 17, 2009
    (in thousands)  
Contractually required principal payments receivable
    $ 14,513  
Nonaccretable difference
    (3,825 )
 
   
Present value of cash flows expected to be collected
    10,688  
Changes due to payments received, transfers or charge-offs
     
 
   
Fair value of purchased impaired loans acquired
    $ 10,688  
 
   
At December 31, 2010, the outstanding balance and carrying amount of purchased impaired loans from American Community, which includes principal, interest and fees due, was $1.7 million and $1.6 million, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the outstanding balance and carrying amount of purchased impaired loans from American Community was $5.4 million and $4.9 million, respectively.
The proforma information presented does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have resulted had the acquisition been completed at the beginning of the applicable periods presented, nor does it indicate the results of operations in future periods. Total revenues for American Community for 2009 were $16.7 million from April 17, 2009 through December 31, 2009 and were included the Company’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company does not track post-acquisition earnings for American Community on a stand-alone basis. The revenue and earnings of the combined entity had the acquisition date been as of January 1, 2009 and January 1, 2008 are as follows:
                 
    Revenue   Earnings
    (Amounts in thousands)
 
               
Supplemental proforma from 1/1/2009 - 12/31/09
  $ 129,027     $ (80,109 )
Supplemental proforma from 1/1/2008 - 12/31/08
    131,240       342  
The proforma results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred if the acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of each fiscal period presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated results.

83


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The following tables present investment securities at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                                 
    December 31, 2010
            Unrealized   Unrealized    
    Amortized Cost   Gains   Losses   Fair Value
    (Amounts in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
 
                               
Securities of U.S. government agencies due:
                               
After 1 but within 5 years
    $ 14,547       $ 6       $ 3       $ 14,550  
 
               
 
    14,547       6       3       14,550  
 
               
 
                               
Government sponsored agencies:
                               
Residential Mortgage-backed securities due:
                               
After 1 but within 5 years
    1,040       36          -       1,076  
After 5 but within 10 years
    7,839       602          -       8,441  
After 10 years
    41,863       1,132       437       42,558  
 
               
 
    50,742       1,770       437       52,075  
 
               
 
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations due:
                               
After 5 but within 10 years
    16,063       165       57       16,171  
After 10 years
    140,021       672       938       139,755  
 
               
 
    156,084       837       995       155,926  
 
               
 
                               
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations due:
                               
After 5 but within 10 years
    406       17          -       423  
After 10 years
    1,430          -       148       1,282  
 
               
 
    1,836       17       148       1,705  
 
               
 
                               
State and municipal securities due:
                               
Within 1 year
    2,476       18          -       2,494  
After 1 but within 5 years
    10,680       327       53       10,954  
After 5 but within 10 years
    21,348       413       236       21,525  
After 10 years
    38,260       295       906       37,649  
 
               
 
    72,764       1,053       1,195       72,622  
 
               
 
                               
Common and preferred stocks:
    1,113       36       25       1,124  
 
               
 
    1,113       36       25       1,124  
 
               
 
                               
 
               
Total available-for-sale securities
    $ 297,086       $ 3,719       $ 2,803       $ 298,002  
 
               

84


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
                                 
    December 31, 2009
            Unrealized   Unrealized    
    Amortized Cost   Gains   Losses   Fair Value
    (Amounts in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
 
                               
Securities of U.S. government agencies due:
                               
Within 1 year
    $ 4,996       $ 124       $    -       $ 5,120  
After 1 but within 5 years
    19,364       502          -       19,866  
After 5 but within 10 years
    17,506       451       49       17,908  
 
               
 
    41,866       1,077       49       42,894  
 
               
 
                               
Government sponsored agencies:
                               
Residential Mortgage-backed securities due:
                               
Within 1 year
    765       7          -       772  
After 1 but within 5 years
    3,198       45       5       3,238  
After 5 but within 10 years
    7,704       376          -       8,080  
After 10 years
    37,237       1,560       4       38,793  
 
               
 
    48,904       1,988       9       50,883  
 
               
 
                               
Collateralized mortgage obligations due:
                               
After 5 but within 10 years
    4,930       126          -       5,056  
After 10 years
    19,621       551       10       20,162  
 
               
 
    24,551       677       10       25,218  
 
               
 
                               
Privatel label collateralized mortgage obligations due:
                               
After 10 years
    2,652       1       366       2,287  
 
               
 
    2,652       1       366       2,287  
 
               
 
                               
State and municipal securities due:
                               
Within 1 year
    5,725       55          -       5,780  
After 1 but within 5 years
    14,016       488          -       14,504  
After 5 but within 10 years
    15,273       394       16       15,651  
After 10 years
    25,038       547       142       25,443  
 
               
 
    60,052       1,484       158       61,378  
 
               
 
                               
Common and preferred stocks:
    1,118       68       5       1,181  
 
               
 
    1,118       68       5       1,181  
 
               
 
                               
 
               
Total available-for-sale securities
    $ 179,143       $ 5,295       $ 597       $   183,841  
 
               
Mortgage-backed securities are included in maturity groups based upon stated maturity date. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank’s mortgage-backed securities were pass-through securities. Actual maturity will vary based on repayment of the underlying mortgage loans.
Gross realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities in 2010 were $2,196,980. Gross realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities in 2008 were $25,100. There were no gross realized gains or losses on sales of available-for-sale securities in 2009. Gross realized losses on sales of available-for-sale securities in 2010 and 2008 were $16,919, and $25,126, respectively.

85


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
Investment securities with carrying values of $111,803,619 and $103,074,382 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.
If management determines that an investment has experienced an OTTI, the loss is recognized in the income statement. The Company’s investment in a financial institution was considered to be OTTI and approximately $386,000 was charged-off in 2010. There were no OTTI charges recorded for securities available-for-sale for the year ended December 31, 2009. During the third quarter of 2008, the market for preferred stock issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) deteriorated significantly after Freddie Mac was placed under conservatorship by the U.S. government and consequently management recorded an OTTI charge of $972,800 (pre-tax) against earnings. During the fourth quarter of 2008, management recorded an OTTI charge of $42,894 on 2,000 shares of Federal Agricultural Mortgage Corporation (“Farmer Mac Stock”) after management determined that its impairment was unlikely to be temporary. Management believes that the market prices of these equity securities will not recover in the immediate future due to the current economic environment. The remaining investments in Freddie Mac and Farmer Mac Stock were $26,300 and $16,100, respectively at December 31, 2010 and 2009. All OTTI losses were deemed to be credit related losses.
The following table presents the gross unrealized losses and fair value of investment securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Securities that have been in a loss position for twelve months or more at December 31, 2010 include one mortgage-backed security, one municipal security and one private label collateralized mortgage obligation. The key factors considered in evaluating the private label collateralized mortgage obligations were cash flows of this investment and the assessment of other relative economic factors. Securities that have been in a loss position for twelve months or more at December 31, 2009 include one mortgage-backed security, three municipal securities and one private label collateralized mortgage obligation. The unrealized losses relate to securities that have incurred fair value reductions due to a shift in demand from non-governmental securities and municipals to U.S. Treasury bonds and governmental agencies due to credit market concerns. The unrealized losses are not likely to reverse until market interest rates decline to the levels that existed when the securities were purchased. Since none of the unrealized losses relate to the marketability of the securities or the issuer’s ability to honor redemption obligations, none of the securities are deemed to be OTTI. It is more likely than not that the Company will not have to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases.
                                                 
    December 31, 2010
    Less Than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total
            Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized
    Fair value   losses   Fair value   losses   Fair value   losses
    (amounts in thousands)
Securities available-for-sale:
                                               
U.S. government agencies
    $ 4,569       $ 3       $    -       $    -       $ 4,569       $ 3  
Government sponsored agencies:
                                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    21,637       435       136       2       21,773       437  
Collateralized mortgage obligation
    76,925       995          -          -       76,925       995  
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations
       -          -       1,283       148       1,283       148  
State and municipal securities
    31,775       1,174       276       21       32,051       1,195  
Common and preferred stocks, and other
    79       25          -          -       79       25  
 
                                               
 
                       
Total temporarily impaired securities
    $   134,985       $ 2,632       $ 1,695       $ 171       $   136,680       $ 2,803  
 
                       

86


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
                                                 
    December 31, 2009
    Less Than 12 Months   12 Months or More   Total
            Unrealized           Unrealized           Unrealized
    Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses     Fair value     losses
    (amounts in thousands)
Securities available-for-sale:
                                               
U.S. government agencies
    $ 4,201       $ 49       $    -       $    -       $ 4,201       $ 49  
Government sponsored agencies:
                                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    29       5       142       4       171       9  
Collateralized mortgage obligation
    285       10          -          -       285       10  
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations
       -          -       1,758       366       1,758       366  
State and municipal securities
    6,545       113       1,049       45       7,594       158  
Common and preferred stocks, and other
    16       3       5       2       21       5  
 
                                               
 
                       
Total temporarily impaired securities
    $   11,076       $ 180       $ 2,954       $ 417       $   14,030       $ 597  
 
                       
4. NON-MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES
The aggregate cost of the Company’s cost method investments totaled $12,463,510 at December 31, 2010 and $14,107,329 at December 31, 2009. Cost method investments at December 31, 2010 include $9,416,400 in FHLB stock and $3,047,110 of investments in various trust and financial companies, which are included in other assets. All equity investments were evaluated for impairment at December 31, 2010. The following factors have been considered in determining the carrying amount of FHLB stock; 1) the recoverability of the par value, 2) the Company has sufficient liquidity to meet all operational needs in the foreseeable future and would not need to dispose of the stock below recorded amounts, 3) redemptions and purchases of the stock are at the discretion of the FHLB, 4) the Company feels the FHLB has the ability to absorb economic losses given the expectation that the various FHLBs’ have a high degree of government support, and 5) the unrealized losses related to securities owned by the FHLB are manageable given the capital levels of the organization. The Company estimated that the fair value equaled or exceeded the cost of each of these investments (that is, the investments were not impaired) on the basis of the redemption provisions of the issuing entities with the following exceptions. The Company’s investment in a financial services company was considered to be OTTI and approximately $86,000 was charged-off in 2010. The Company’s investment of $151,722 in Silverton Financial was considered to be other than temporarily impaired and all of the investment was written off in 2009. On May 1, 2009 the OCC closed Silverton Bank, National Association, a wholly owned subsidiary of SFS. The OCC appointed the FDIC as receiver, and the FDIC created a bridge bank, Silverton Bridge Bank, National Association, to take over the operations until July 29, 2009 to allow customers to transfer their account relationships in an orderly fashion. Additionally, the Company’s investments in two financial services companies were considered to be OTTI and $220,371 was charged off in 2009.

87


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
4. NON-MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES (Continued)
The following tables present non-marketable securities at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
                             
            Cumulative    
December 31, 2010
  Investment   Original   OTTI   Current
Investment   Type   Cost   Charge   Balance
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
  Common stock     $ 9,416,400       $    -       $ 9,416,400  
Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I
  Common stock     774,000          -       774,000  
American Community Capital Trust II
  Common stock     310,000          -       310,000  
Limited partnerships providing lending services to middle-market companies
  Limited Partner     1,796,551       86,309       1,710,242  
Other
  Common stock     638,792       385,924       252,868  
 
               
Total
        $   12,935,743       $   472,233       $   12,463,510  
 
               
                             
            Cumulative    
December 31, 2009
  Investment   Original   OTTI   Current
Investment   Type   Cost   Charge   Balance
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta
  Common stock     $ 10,539,400       $    -       $ 10,539,400  
Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I
  Common stock     774,000          -       774,000  
American Community Capital Trust II
  Common stock     310,000          -       310,000  
Limited partnerships providing lending services to middle-market companies
  Limited Partner     1,732,431          -       1,732,431  
Other
  Common stock     1,123,591       372,093       751,498  
 
               
Total
        $   14,479,422       $   372,093       $   14,107,329  
 
               
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
General. The Bank provides to its customers a full range of short- to medium-term commercial, agricultural, Small Business Administration guaranteed, mortgage, home equity, and personal loans, both secured and unsecured. The Bank also makes real estate mortgage and construction loans. Variable rate loans accounted for 46% of the loan balances outstanding at December 31, 2010 while fixed rate loans accounted for 54% of the balances.

88


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
The following table presents loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 classified by type:
                 
    2010   2009
    (in thousands)
Construction and land development
    $ 300,877       $ 364,853  
Commercial real estate:
               
Owner occupied
    309,198       244,938  
Non-owner occupied
    312,231       338,182  
Residential mortgages:
               
1-4 family
    174,536       164,254  
Multifamily
    29,268       36,031  
Home equity lines of credit
    209,319       208,212  
Commercial
    199,696       271,435  
Consumer and other
    65,003       48,545  
 
       
Total
    1,600,128       1,676,450  
Less: Net deferred loan origination fees
    411       (2 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (37,752 )     (48,625 )
 
       
Loans, net
    $ 1,562,787       $ 1,627,823  
 
       
Real Estate Loans. Real estate loans include construction and land development loans, commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, and residential mortgages.
Commercial real estate loans totaled $621.4 million at December 31, 2010. This lending has involved loans secured by owner occupied commercial buildings for office, storage and warehouse space, as well as non-owner occupied commercial buildings. The Bank generally requires the personal guaranty of borrowers and a demonstrated cash flow capability sufficient to service the debt. Loans secured by commercial real estate may be larger in size and may involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Payments on such loans are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties.
Construction/development lending totaled $300.9 million at December 31, 2010. The Bank originates one to four family residential construction loans for the construction of custom homes (where the home buyer is the borrower) and provides financing to builders and consumers for the construction of pre-sold homes. The Bank generally receives a pre-arranged permanent financing commitment from an outside banking entity prior to financing the construction of pre-sold homes. The Bank also makes commercial real estate construction loans, primarily for owner-occupied properties. The Bank limits its construction lending risk through adherence to established underwriting procedures.
Residential one-to-four family loans amounted to $174.5 million at December 31, 2010. The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are typically construction loans that convert into permanent financing and are secured by properties located within the Bank’s market areas.

89


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
Commercial Loans. At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s commercial loan portfolio totaled $199.7 million. Commercial loans include both secured and unsecured loans for working capital, expansion, and other business purposes. Short-term working capital loans are secured by accounts receivable, inventory and/or equipment. The Bank also makes term commercial loans secured by equipment and real estate. Lending decisions are based on an evaluation of the financial strength, cash flow, management and credit history of the borrower, and the quality of the collateral securing the loan. With few exceptions, the Bank requires personal guarantees and secondary sources of repayment. Commercial loans generally provide greater yields and reprice more frequently than other types of loans, such as real estate loans.
Loans to Individuals. Loans to individuals (consumer loans) include automobile loans, boat and recreational vehicle financing, and miscellaneous secured and unsecured personal loans and totaled $65.0 million at December 31, 2010. Consumer loans generally can carry significantly greater risks than other loans, even if secured, if the collateral consists of rapidly depreciating assets such as automobiles and equipment. Repossessed collateral securing a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the loan. Consumer loan collections are sensitive to job loss, illness and other personal factors. The Bank manages the risks inherent in consumer lending by following established credit guidelines and underwriting practices designed to minimize risk of loss.
Loan Approvals. The Bank’s loan policies and procedures establish the basic guidelines governing its lending operations. The guidelines address the type of loans that the Bank seeks, target markets, underwriting and collateral requirements, terms, interest rate and yield considerations and compliance with laws and regulations. All loans or credit lines are subject to approval procedures and amount limitations. These limitations apply to the borrower’s total outstanding indebtedness to the Bank, including any indebtedness as a guarantor. The policies are reviewed and approved at least annually by the Board of Directors of the Bank. The Bank supplements its own supervision of the loan underwriting and approval process with periodic loan reviews by independent, outside professionals experienced in loan review. Responsibility for loan review and loan underwriting resides with the Chief Credit Officer position. This position is responsible for loan underwriting and approval. On an annual basis, the Board of Directors of the Bank determines officers lending authority. Authorities may include loans, letters of credit, overdrafts, uncollected funds and such other authorities as determined by the Board of Directors.
Substantially all of the Company’s loans have been granted to customers in the Piedmont, foothills, northwestern mountains, and the Research Triangle regions of North Carolina and the upstate region of South Carolina.
In the normal course of business, the Company makes loans to directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries. All loans and commitments made to such officers and directors and to companies in which they are officers, or have significant ownership interest, have been made on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other customers. Loans to directors, officers and related parties are subject to comparable loan features and present the same credit risk as those of non-related parties. An analysis of these related party loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
                 
    2010   2009
Balance, beginning of year
    $ 20,329,480       $ 9,870,047  
New loans
    2,046,131       14,255,458  
Repayments
    (4,663,383 )     (3,796,025 )
 
       
Balance, end of year
    $ 17,712,228       $ 20,329,480  
 
       

90


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
Credit Review and Evaluation. The Bank has a credit risk review department that reports to the Chief Credit Officer. The focus of the department is on policy compliance and proper grading of higher credit risk loans as well as new and existing loans on a sample basis. Additional reporting for problem/criticized assets has been developed along with an after-the-fact loan review.
The Bank uses a risk grading program to facilitate the evaluation of probable inherent loan losses and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses for real estate, commercial and consumer loans. In this program, risk grades are initially assigned by loan officers, reviewed by regional credit officers, and reviewed by internal credit review analysts on a test basis. The Bank strives to maintain the loan portfolio in accordance with conservative loan underwriting policies that result in loans specifically tailored to the needs of the Bank’s market area. Every effort is made to identify and minimize the credit risks associated with such lending strategies.
Loans over $20,000 are risk graded on a scale from 1 (highest quality) to 8 (loss). Acceptable loans at inception are grades 1 through 4, and these grades have underwriting requirements that at least meet the minimum requirements of a secondary market source. If borrowers do not meet credit history requirements, other mitigating criteria such as substantial liquidity and low loan-to-value ratios could be considered and would generally have to be met in order to make the loan. The Bank’s loan policy states that a guarantor may be necessary if reasonable doubt exists as to the borrower’s ability to repay. The Board of Directors has authorized the loan officers to have individual approval authority for risk grade 1 through 4 loans up to maximum exposure limits for each customer. New or renewed loans that are graded 5 (special mention) or less must have approval from a regional credit officer. Any changes in risk assessments as determined by loan officers, credit administrators, regulatory examiners and management are also considered.
The risk grades, normally assigned by the loan officers when the loan is originated and reviewed by the regional credit officers, are based on several factors including historical data, current economic factors, composition of the portfolio, and evaluations of the total loan portfolio and assessments of credit quality within specific loan types. In some cases the risk grades are assigned by regional executives, depending upon dollar exposure. Because these factors are dynamic, the provision for loan losses can fluctuate. Credit quality reviews are based primarily on analysis of borrowers’ cash flows, with asset values considered only as a second source of payment. Regional credit officers work with lenders in underwriting, structuring and risk grading our credits. The Risk Review Officer focuses on lending policy compliance, credit risk grading, and credit risk reviews on larger dollar exposures. Management uses the information developed from the procedures above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in determining the appropriate levels of the allowance for loan losses.
The following is a summary of the credit risk grade definitions for all loan types:
“1” — Highest Quality- These loans represent a credit extension of the highest quality. The borrower’s historic (at least five years) cash flows manifest extremely large and stable margins of coverage. Balance sheets are conservative, well capitalized, and liquid. After considering debt service for proposed and existing debt, projected cash flows continue to be strong and provide ample coverage. The borrower typically reflects broad geographic and product diversification and has access to alternative financial markets.
“2” — Good Quality- These loans have a sound primary and secondary source of repayment. The borrower may have access to alternative sources of financing, but sources are not as widely available as they are to a higher graded borrower. This loan carries a normal level of risk, with minimal loss exposure. The borrower has the ability to perform according to the terms of the credit facility. The margins of cash flow coverage are satisfactory but vulnerable to more rapid deterioration than the highest quality loans.
“3” — Satisfactory- The borrowers are a reasonable credit risk and demonstrate the ability to repay the debt from normal business operations. Risk factors may include reliability of margins and cash flows, liquidity, dependence on a single product or industry, cyclical trends, depth of management, or limited access to alternative financing sources. Historic financial information may indicate erratic performance, but current trends are positive. Quality of financial information is adequate, but is not as detailed and sophisticated as information found on higher graded loans. If adverse circumstances arise, the impact on the borrower may be significant.

91


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
“4” — Satisfactory — Merits Attention- These credit facilities have potential developing weaknesses that deserve extra attention from the account manager and other management personnel. If the developing weakness is not corrected or mitigated, there may be deterioration in the ability of the borrower to repay the bank’s debt in the future.
“5” — Watch or Special Mention — These loans are typically existing loans, made using the passing grades outlined above, that have deteriorated to the point that cash flow is not consistently adequate to meet debt service or current debt service coverage is based on projections. Secondary sources of repayment may include specialized collateral or real estate that is not readily marketable or undeveloped, making timely collection in doubt.
“6” — Substandard- Loans and other credit extensions bearing this grade are considered inadequately protected by the current sound worth and debt service capacity of the borrower or of any pledged collateral. These obligations, even if apparently protected by collateral value, have well-defined weaknesses related to adverse financial, managerial, economic, market, or political conditions jeopardizing repayment of principal and interest as originally intended. Clear loss potential, however, does not have to exist in any individual assets classified as substandard.
“7” — Doubtful (also includes any loans over 90 days past due, excluding sold mortgages )- Loans and other credit extensions graded “7” have all the weaknesses inherent in those graded “6,” with the added characteristic that the severity of the weaknesses makes collection or liquidation in full highly questionable or improbable based upon currently existing facts, conditions, and values. The probability of some loss is extremely high, but because of certain important and reasonably specific factors, the amount of loss cannot be determined.
“8” — Loss- Loans in this classification are considered uncollectible and cannot be justified as a viable asset of the bank. Such loans are to be charged-off or charged-down. This classification does not mean the loan has absolutely no recovery value, but that it is neither practical nor desirable to defer writing off this loan even though partial recovery may be obtained in the future.
The following is a summary of credit quality indicators by class at December 31, 2010:
Real Estate Credit Exposure
                                                 
            Commercial Real Estate            
            Non-owner   Owner            
    Construction   occupied   occupied   1-4 Family   Multifamily   Home Equity
High Quality
    $    -       $    -       $ 132       $ 440       $    -       $ 153  
Good Quality
    612       195       1,535       1,924          -       8,465  
Satisfactory
    53,704       73,825       98,531       95,541       7,964       132,155  
Merits Attention
    124,699       163,648       150,494       55,300       19,922       57,513  
Special Mention
    49,369       37,018       27,478       6,966       90       4,938  
Substandard
    37,798       24,219       15,132       7,117       311       3,012  
Doubtful
    34,695       13,326       15,896       7,248       981       3,083  
Loss
       -          -          -          -          -          -  
 
                       
 
    $ 300,877       $ 312,231       $ 309,198       $ 174,536       $ 29,268       $ 209,319  
 
                       
Other Credit Exposures
                 
            Consumer and
    Commercial     other
High Quality
    $ 5,005       $ 1,952  
Good Quality
    6,620       1,589  
Satisfactory
    63,472       34,841  
Merits Attention
    78,188       24,424  
Special Mention
    31,311       1,224  
Substandard
    6,391       311  
Doubtful
    8,709       662  
Loss
       -          -  
 
       
 
    $ 199,696       $ 65,003  
 
       

92


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
Nonaccrual loans and past due loans. Nonperforming assets include loans classified as nonaccrual, foreclosed bank-owned property and loans past due 90 days or more on which interest is still being accrued. It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest for all classes of loans past due 90 days or when it is apparent that the collection of principal and/or interest is doubtful. In addition, certain restructured loans are placed on nonaccrual status until sufficient evidence of timely payment is obtained. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against interest income in the current period. Amounts received on non-accrual loans generally are applied first to principal and then to interest only after all principal has been collected. There were no financing receivables past due over 90 days accruing interest as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. Unsecured consumer loans are usually charged off when payments are more than 90 days delinquent. Real estate and commercial loans are charged-off or charged-down when the loans are considered uncollectible and/or supporting collateral is not considered to be sufficient to cover potential losses.
Nonperforming loans as of December 31, 2010 totaled $65.4 million, or 4.18%, of net loans compared with $36.3 million, or 2.23%, in 2009. The Bank aggressively pursues the collection and repayment of all loans. Other nonperforming assets, such as repossessed and foreclosed collateral is aggressively liquidated by our collection department. The total number of loans on nonaccrual status has increased from 322 to 490 since December 31, 2009. The increase in nonperforming loans from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 is related primarily to continued deterioration in the Bank’s overall construction loan portfolio, as well as the addition of $21.9 million in troubled debt restructured loans which will remain on nonaccrual until sufficient payment evidence is obtained.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company recognized interest income on nonaccrual loans of approximately $616,000, $379,000, and $93,000, respectively. If interest on those loans had been accrued in accordance with the original terms, interest income would have increased by approximately $1.7 million, $1.2 million, and $269,000 for 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The following is a breakdown of nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
    (in thousands)
Financing Receivables on Nonaccrual status
               
Construction
    $ 25,833       $ 17,172  
Commercial Real Estate:
               
Non-owner occupied
    10,767       2,727  
Owner occupied
    12,829       3,894  
Mortgages:
               
1-4 Family first lien
    7,889       6,471  
Multifamily
    967          -  
Home Equity lines of credit
    3,068       1,871  
Commercial
    3,420       3,518  
Consumer and other
    627       602  
 
       
Total
    $ 65,400       $ 36,255  
 
       
Past due loans reported in the following table do not include loans granted forbearance terms since payments terms have been modified or extended, although the loans are past due based on original contract terms. All loans with forbearance terms are included and reported as impaired loans.

93


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest income have not been received as of the date such payments were due. The following table presents the Bank’s age analysis of past due loans:
                                                 
                    Greater            
    30-59 Days   60-89 Days   Than 90   Total Past        
    Past Due   Past Due   Days   Due   Current   Total Loans
    (in thousands)  
December 31, 2010
                                               
Construction
    $ 5,747       $ 3,951       $ 11,542       $ 21,240       $ 279,637       $ 300,877  
Commercial real estate:
                                               
Non-owner occupied
    1,616       722       530       2,868       309,363       312,231  
Owner occupied commercial
    5,814       1,635       5,464       12,913       296,285       309,198  
Commercial
    1,086       949       241       2,276       197,419       199,695  
Mortgages:
                                               
Secured 1-4 family- first lien
    3,457       1,988       5,643       11,088       163,448       174,536  
Multifamily
    845       150       40       1,035       28,233       29,268  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    2,388       211       2,045       4,644       204,675       209,319  
Consumer and other
    669       285       232       1,186       63,817       65,003  
 
                       
Total
    $ 21,622       $ 9,891       $ 25,737       $ 57,250       $ 1,542,877       $ 1,600,127  
 
                       
 
                                               
December 31, 2009
                                               
Construction
    $ 4,784       $ 2,509       $ 12,369       $ 19,662       $ 345,191       $ 364,853  
Commercial real estate:
                                               
Non-owner occupied
    3,016       2,023       1,535       6,574       305,826       312,400  
Owner occupied commercial
    1,832       413       3,333       5,578       265,141       270,719  
Commercial
    3,256       774       456       4,486       215,740       220,226  
Mortgages:
                                               
Secured 1-4 family- first lien
    3,686       1,008       2,733       7,427       162,363       169,790  
Multifamily
    819       90       -           909       35,122       36,031  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    2,504       163       951       3,618       199,058       202,676  
Consumer and other
    919       259       222       1,400       98,355       99,755  
 
                       
Total
    $ 20,816       $ 7,239       $ 21,599       $ 49,654       $ 1,626,796       $ 1,676,450  
 
                       
Impaired Loans. Management considers certain loans graded “doubtful” (loans graded 7) or “loss” (loans graded 8) to be individually impaired and may consider “substandard” loans (loans graded 6) individually impaired depending on the borrower’s payment history. The Bank measures impairment based upon probable cash flows or the value of the collateral. Collateral value is assessed based on collateral value trends, liquidation value trends, and other liquidation expenses to determine logical and credible discounts that may be needed. Updated appraisals are required for all impaired loans and typically at renewal or modification of larger loans if the appraisal is more than 12 months old.
Impaired loans typically include nonaccrual loans, loans over 90 days past due still accruing, restructured loans and other potential problem loans considered impaired based on other underlying factors. Restructured loans are those for which concessions, including the reduction of interest rates below a rate otherwise available to that borrower or the deferral of interest or principal have been granted due to the borrower’s weakened financial condition. Interest on restructured loans is accrued at the restructured rates when it is anticipated that no loss of original principal will occur and a sustained payment performance period is obtained. Due to the borrowers’ inability to make the payments required under the original loan terms, the Bank modified the terms by granting a longer amortized repayment structure or reduced interest rates. Potential problem loans are loans which are currently performing and are not included in non-accrual or restructured loans above, but about which we have serious doubts as to the borrower’s ability to comply with present repayment terms. These loans are likely to be included later in nonaccrual, past due or restructured loans, so they are considered by management in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

94


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
The following table presents the Bank’s investment in loans considered to be impaired and related information on those impaired loans as of December 31, 2010:
                                         
            Unpaid           Average   Interest
    Recorded   Principal   Related   Recorded   Income
    Investment   Balance   Allowance   Investment   Recognized
December 31, 2010   (in thousands)  
Impaired loans without a related allowance for loan losses
                                       
Construction
    $ 21,677       $ 22,404       $ -           $ 11,427       $ 206  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate
    5,732       5,803       -           2,380       98  
Owner occupied commercial real estate
    11,573       11,745       -           5,109       187  
Commercial
    1,998       2,004       -           1,226       45  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    3,122       3,143       -           1,427       60  
Multifamily
    310       315       -           192       13  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    953       961       -           294       12  
Consumer and other
    -           -           -           72       5  
Impaired loans with a related allowance for loan losses
                                       
Construction
    $ 11,116       $ 11,150       $ 2,141       $ 16,379       $ 261  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate
    6,484       6,540       1,096       5,758       141  
Owner occupied commercial real estate
    5,077       5,104       860       4,416       134  
Commercial
    5,435       5,435       1,318       4,266       101  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    2,133       2,172       343       3,270       57  
Multifamily
    469       476       82       159       9  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    898       898       439       780       14  
Consumer and other
    134       135       35       73       3  
Total impaired loans
                                       
Construction
    $ 32,793       $ 33,554       $ 2,141       $ 27,806       $ 467  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate
    12,216       12,343       1,096       8,138       239  
Owner occupied commercial real estate
    16,650       16,849       860       9,525       321  
Commercial
    7,433       7,439       1,318       5,492       146  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    5,255       5,315       343       4,697       117  
Multifamily
    779       791       82       351       22  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    1,851       1,859       439       1,074       26  
Consumer and other
    134       135       35       145       8  
 
                   
 
    $ 77,111       $ 78,285       $ 6,314       $ 57,228       $ 1,346  
 
                   
 
                                       
Impaired loans under $100,000 that are not individually reviewed for impairment
    9,768       10,087       2,617       12,144       444  
 
                                       
 
                   
Total impaired loans
    $ 86,879       $ 88,372       $ 8,931       $ 69,372       $ 1,790  
 
                   

95


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
The following table presents the Bank’s investment in loans considered to be impaired and related information on those impaired loans as of December 31, 2009:
         
    December 31, 2009
    (in thousands)  
Impaired loans under $100,000 that are not individually reviewed
    $ 6,001  
Impaired loans without a related allowance for loan losses
    16,959  
Impaired loans with a related allowance for loan losses
    24,497  
Impaired loans acquired without a related allowance for loan losses
    2,515  
Impaired loans acquired with subsequent deterioration and
related allowance for loan loss
    2,725  
 
   
Total impaired loans
    $ 52,697  
 
   
 
       
Allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans
    $ 10,971  
 
   
Average impaired loans for 2010 and 2009 totaled $69,371,980 and $36,203,174, respectively.
Impaired loans acquired with a related allowance for loan losses includes loans for which no additional reserves have been recorded in excess of credit discounts for purchased impaired loans. Impaired loans acquired with subsequent deterioration and related allowance for loan loss are loans in which additional impairment has been identified in excess of credit discounts resulting in additional reserves. These additional reserves are included in the allowance for loan losses related to purchased impaired loans and were $47,000 and $67,000 as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The following table presents information regarding the change in all purchased impaired loans from the Company’s acquisition of American Community on April 17, 2009 through December 31, 2010.
                         
    Contractual        
    Principal   Nonaccretable   Carrying
    Receivable   Difference   Amount
    (in thousands)  
As of April 17, 2009 acquisition date
    $ 14,513       $ 3,825       $ 10,688  
Change due to payoff received
    (457 )     (63 )     (394 )
Transfer to foreclosed real estate
    (4,339 )     (266 )     (4,073 )
Change due to charge-offs
    (4,329 )     (2,999 )     (1,330 )
 
           
Balance at December 31, 2009
    $ 5,388       $ 497       $ 4,891  
 
           
Change due to payoff received
    (1,528 )     (20 )     (1,508 )
Transfer to foreclosed real estate
    (1,345 )     (159 )     (1,186 )
Change due to charge-offs
    (860 )     (246 )     (614 )
 
           
Balance at December 31, 2010
    $ 1,655       $ 72       $ 1,583  
 
           
At December 31, 2010, the outstanding balance of purchased impaired loans from American Community, which includes principal, interest and fees due, was $1.6 million. Because of the uncertainty of the expected cash flows, the Company is accounting for each purchased impaired loan under the cost recovery method, in which all cash payments are applied to principal. Thus, there is no accretable yield associated with the above loans. All other purchased impaired loans from Cardinal State Bank have been paid or charged-off as of December 31, 2010.

96


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate for probable losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The primary risks inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio, including the adequacy of the allowance or reserve for loan losses, are based on management’s assumptions regarding, among other factors, general and local economic conditions, which are difficult to predict and are beyond the Bank’s control. In estimating these risks, and the related loss reserve levels, management also considers the financial conditions of specific borrowers and credit concentrations with specific borrowers, groups of borrowers, and industries.
The allowance for loan losses is adjusted by direct charges to provision expense. Losses on loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses in the accounting period in which they are determined by management to be uncollectible. Recoveries during the period are credited to the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses was $24.3 million in 2010 compared to $48.4 million in 2009 and $11.1 million in 2008. The provision expense is determined by the Bank’s allowance for loan losses model. The components of the model are specific reserves for impaired loans and a general allocation for unimpaired loans. The general allocation has two components, an estimate based on historical loss experience and an additional estimate based on internal and external environmental factors due to the uncertainty of historical loss experience in predicting current embedded losses in the portfolio that will be realized in the future.
The Company calculated an allowance for loan losses of $37.8 million at December 31, 2010 as compared to $48.6 million at December 31, 2009 based on the application of its model for the allowance calculation applied to the loan portfolio at each balance sheet date. The allowance model is applied to determine the specific allowance balance for impaired loans and the general allowance balance for unimpaired loans grouped by loan type.
As part of management’s plan to improve policies and procedures and internal controls over the provision for loan losses, the framework utilized for the model to determine the allowance for loan losses was modified during 2009. These modifications led to improved written policies and procedures, a thorough review of the allowance for loan loss model, and improved controls and support for changes in the underlying assumptions being used in the model. Improvements to the allowance for loan loss model and related calculations were driven primarily by a change in the methodology of calculating reserves on unimpaired loans placing greater emphasis on the credit quality of loans. These changes were incorporated by adding classified asset factors to classified loan categories including special mention, substandard, and doubtful loans under $100,000. Loans were also segregated into more defined risk categories based on the underlying collateral and characteristics in order to provide more accurate assessment of risks within the portfolio. Those risk categories include the following: nonresidential construction and land development, residential construction, owner-occupied commercial real estate, non owner-occupied commercial real estate, commercial loans, first lien 1-4 family residential mortgages, junior lien 1-4 family residential mortgages, open ended secured 1-4 family equity lines, and other consumer loans. In 2010, further refinement was made to the allowance model, including changes made in the calculation of classified asset factors. The classified asset factor was updated to incorporate twelve months of default trends and historical charge-offs for classified loans, as opposed to a single data point previously used. The use of twelve month data is a better assessment of losses associated with classified loans as opposed to a single data point used in prior periods to ensure that the analysis incorporates the most current and statistically relevant trends. As a result of this change in methodology, the qualitative reserve for classified loans decreased by $7.5 million from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010. Improvements in other qualitative factors, including increased controls over credit and better identification of potential losses (as evidenced by the increase in impaired loans), also had an impact on general reserves as management placed greater emphasis on specifically reserving loans in which potential problems had been identified. These improvements lead to a $2.6 million decrease in general reserves.
In determining the general allowance allocation, the ratios from the actual loss history for the various categories are applied to the homogeneous pools of loans in each category. In addition, to recognize the probability that loans in special mention, doubtful, and substandard risk grades are more likely to have embedded losses, additional reserve factors based on the likelihood of loss are applied to the homogeneous pools of weaker graded loans that have not yet been identified as impaired.

97


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
The portion of the general allocation based on environmental factors includes estimates of losses related to interest rate trends, unemployment trends, real estate characteristics, past due and nonaccrual trends, watch list trends, charge-off trends, and underwriting and servicing assessments. The factors with the largest impact on the allowance at December 31, 2010 were watch list trends, unemployment rate trends, and underwriting and servicing assessments. Markets served by the Bank experienced softening from the general economy and declines in real estate values. The real estate characteristics component includes trends in real estate concentrations and in exceptions to FDIC guidelines for loan-to-value ratios.
The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010:
                                         
    Beginning of                
    Year   Charge-offs   Recoveries   Provision   End of Year
    (in thousands)  
Construction
    $ 19,978       $ 19,484       $ 483       $ 11,037       $ 12,014  
Commercial real estate:
                                       
Non owner occupied
    9,756       3,322       11       705       7,150  
Owner occupied
    6,423       3,030       211       2,354       5,958  
Commercial
    3,299       4,226       409       4,853       4,335  
Mortgages:
                                       
Secured 1-4 family- first lien
    3,926       3,178       69       2,889       3,706  
Multifamily
    493       -           42       (111 )     424  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    3,401       2,832       69       2,660       3,298  
Consumer and other
    1,349       748       304       (38 )     867  
 
                   
 
    $ 48,625       $ 36,820       $ 1,598       $ 24,349       $ 37,752  
 
                   
                                 
    Reserves for           Reserves for    
    loans   Loans   loans   Loans
    individually   individually   collectively   collectively
    evaluated for   evaluated for   evaluated for   evaluated for
    impairment   impairment   impairment   impairment
    (in thousands)  
Construction
    $ 2,141       $ 32,793       $ 9,873       $ 268,084  
Commercial real estate:
                               
Non owner occupied
    1,096       12,216       6,054       300,015  
Owner occupied
    860       16,650       5,098       292,548  
Commercial
    1,318       7,433       3,016       192,262  
Mortgages:
                               
Secured 1-4 family- first lien
    343       5,255       3,363       169,281  
Multifamily
    82       779       342       28,489  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    439       1,851       2,859       207,468  
Consumer and other
    35       134       832       64,869  
 
               
 
    $ 6,314       $ 77,111       $ 31,437       $ 1,523,016  
 
               

98


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
The Company’s loan charge-off policy for all loan classes is to charge down loans to net realizable value once a portion of the loan is determined to be uncollectable, and the underlying collateral shortfall is assessed. Unsecured loans (primarily consumer loans) are charged off against the reserve once the loan becomes 90 days past due or it is determined that a portion of the loan is uncollectable. Secured loans (primarily construction, real estate, commercial and other loans) are moved to nonaccrual status when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent or a portion of the loan is determined to be uncollectable. Nonaccrual loans are reviewed at least quarterly to determine if all or a portion of the loan is uncollectable. Nonaccrual loans that are determined to be solely collateral dependent are promptly charged down to net realizable value.
The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                 
    2009   2008
    (in thousands)  
Balance, beginning of year
    $   22,355       $   12,445  
 
               
Charge-offs:
               
Real estate loans
    (15,009 )     (1,720 )
Installment loans
    (1,255 )     (576 )
Credit card and related plans
    (107 )     (63 )
Commercial and all other
    (6,176 )     (963 )
Leases
    (256 )     -      
 
       
 
    (22,803 )     (3,322 )
 
       
 
               
Recoveries:
               
Real estate loans
    204       135  
Installment loans
    85       134  
Credit card and related plans
    2       14  
Commercial and all other
    333       181  
Leases
    10       -      
 
       
 
    634       464  
 
       
 
               
 
       
Net charge-offs
    (22,169 )     (2,858 )
 
       
 
               
Provision for loan losses
    48,439       11,109  
Allowance acquired from Cardinal State Bank
    -           1,659  
 
       
Balance, end of year
    $   48,625       $   22,355  
 
       
In addition to the allowance for loan losses, the Company also estimates probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit, financial guarantees and unfunded loan commitments. Unfunded lending commitments are analyzed and segregated by loan classification. These classifications, in conjunction with an analysis of historical loss experience, current economic conditions, performance trends within specific portfolio segments and any other pertinent information, result in the estimation of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments. The reserves for credit losses related to unfunded lending commitments was $204,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. There was no reserve for credit losses related to unfunded lending commitments for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The Company also maintains reserves for mortgage loans sold to agencies and investors in the event that, either through error or disagreement between the parties, the Company is required to indemnify the purchaser. The reserves take into consideration risks associated with underwriting, key factors in the mortgage industry, loans with specific reserve requirements, past due loans and potential indemnification by the Company. Reserves are estimated based on consideration of factors in the mortgage industry such as declining collateral values and rising levels of delinquency, default and foreclosure, coupled with increased incidents of quality reviews at all levels of the mortgage industry seeking justification for pushing back losses to loan originators and wholesalers. For the year-ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded $883,000 in provision expense related to potential repurchase and warranties exposure on the $938 million in loan sales that occurred during that year. Provision expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $1.4 million

99


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
and $502,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had reserves for mortgage loans sold of $2.0 million and recorded actual charges against reserves totaling $637,000. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had reserves for mortgage loans sold of $1.9 million and recorded actual charges against reserves totaling $356,000. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company did not repurchase any mortgage loans sold, however, the Company did settle three “make-whole” requests totaling $214,000. In 2010 the Company did not repurchase any mortgage loans sold and has incurred over the last 5 years an average of $226,000 per year in charges against reserves in actual expenses related to the disposition of these loans.
6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
The following table presents premises and equipment and related accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                         
            Accumulated    
            depreciation and   Net book
    Cost   amortization   value
    (Amounts in thousands)  
December 31, 2010
                       
Land
    $   12,802       $   -           $   12,802  
Land and leasehold improvements
    4,008       2,148       1,860  
Buildings
    30,808       6,718       24,090  
Furniture and equipment
    24,547       18,762       5,785  
Construction in process
    1,433       -           1,433  
 
           
Total
    $   73,598       $   27,628       $   45,970  
 
           
 
                       
December 31, 2009
                       
Land
    $   12,300       $   -           $   12,300  
Land and leasehold improvements
    3,425       1,391       2,034  
Buildings
    27,455       4,968       22,487  
Furniture and equipment
    20,057       13,468       6,589  
Construction in process
    232       -           232  
 
           
Total
    $   63,469       $   19,827       $   43,642  
 
           
Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $3,047,164, $2,764,240, and $2,012,514, respectively.
7. LOAN SERVICING
Mortgage loans serviced for others, consisting of loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. Mortgage loan portfolios serviced for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac were $245,139,672 and $212,941,536 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments to investors and foreclosure processing. Total servicing fees received were $522,491, $498,979 and $519,500 during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and were included in mortgage banking income (loss). At December 31, 2010 and 2009, mortgage servicing rights were $2,144,139 and $1,917,941, respectively and are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Servicing rights recorded on loans originated and sold by the Bank and the changes in the fair value were recorded in the consolidated statements of income under the caption, mortgage banking income.

100


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
7. LOAN SERVICING (Continued)
                 
    2010   2009
Mortgage servicing assets, beginning of year
    $   1,917,941       $   1,745,466  
Capitalized
    657,548       722,290  
Change in fair value
    (431,350 )     (549,815 )
 
       
Mortgage servicing assets, end of year
    $   2,144,139       $   1,917,941  
 
       
8. DEPOSITS
The following table presents the scheduled maturities of time certificates at December 31, 2010:
         
    (in thousands)
2011
    $   755,445  
2012
    165,022  
2013
    168,165  
2014
    60,346  
2015
    65,477  
 
   
Total
    $   1,214,455  
 
   
Total related party deposits were $14.4 million and $13.1 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
9. BORROWED FUNDS
Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented in the following tables. Borrowings from the Federal Reserve are payable on demand and are collateralized by state, county and municipal securities (refer to Note 3). Interest under this arrangement is payable at 50 basis points above the target federal funds rate as quoted by the Federal Reserve Board. Unused lines of credit from various correspondent banks totaled $34.9 million at December 31, 2010. Also included in short-term borrowings is the fair market value adjustment associated with the borrowings acquired in the American Community acquisition of $(176,186) at December 31, 2010.

101


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
9. BORROWED FUNDS (Continued)
Short-Term Borrowings Excluding Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) Advances
                                         
            Weighted     Maximum     Average Daily     Average  
            average     amount     balance     annual  
    Balance at     interest rate     outstanding at     outstanding     interest  
    year end   at year end   any month-end   during year   rate paid
December 31, 2010
                                       
Overnight borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank
    $   1,014,734       0.00 %     $   1,684,024       $   1,158,653       0.00 %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    36,934,414       0.88 %     46,801,365       41,775,432       0.93 %
Federal funds purchased
    -           0.00 %     -           2,700       0.84 %
 
                                   
Total short-term borrowings excluding FHLB advances
    $   37,949,148                                  
 
                                   
 
                                       
December 31, 2009
                                       
Overnight borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank
    $   1,513,033       0.00 %     $   1,513,033       $   1,013,720       0.01 %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    42,954,010       0.95 %     56,896,242       48,907,687       1.01 %
Federal funds purchased
    -           0.00 %     38,659,000       3,586,715       0.97 %
 
                                   
Total short-term borrowings excluding FHLB advances
    $   44,467,043                                  
 
                                   
The principal balance of short term advances from the FHLB consist of the following at December 31, 2010. There were no short term advances outstanding from the FHLB as of December 31, 2009.
                 
Maturity     Interest Rate     2010  
2/28/2011
    5.37 %     $   2,000,000  
5/2/2011
    1.72 %     5,000,000  
 
           
 
            $   7,000,000  
 
           
Long-term Borrowings
Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2010 consisted of junior subordinated debentures of $36,084,000 with an average annual interest rate of 2.11% and an average daily balance of $36,084,000. The long-term FHLB advances are presented below. Also, included in long-term borrowings is a structured wholesale repurchase agreement with a balance of $5,000,000 at year end, an average daily balance of $4,999,943, an average interest rate of 2.64%, and a year-end interest rate of 2.60%. Also included in long-term borrowings is the fair market value adjustment associated with the borrowings acquired in the American Community acquisition of $(1,102,618) at December 31, 2010. Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2009 consisted of junior subordinated debentures of $36,084,000 with an average annual interest rate of 2.61% and an average daily balance of $31,267,811; and a structured wholesale purchase agreement with a balance of $5,000,000, an average daily balance of $4,999,800, and an average interest rate of 2.62%. The fair market value adjustment associated with the borrowings acquired in the American Community acquisition was $(1,128,544) at December 31, 2009.
Pursuant to a collateral agreement with the FHLB, advances are collateralized by all of the Bank’s FHLB stock and qualifying first mortgage, commercial, and home equity line loans. The balance of the lendable collateral value of all loans as of December 31, 2010 was approximately $137 million with $98 million remaining available. This agreement with the FHLB provides for a line of credit up to 20% of the Bank’s assets.

102


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
9. BORROWED FUNDS (Continued)
The following table presents long-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                         
Maturity   Interest Rate   2010   2009
2/28/2011
    5.37 %     $ -           $ 2,000,000  
5/2/2011
    1.72 %     -           5,000,000  
7/16/2012
    3.90 %     1,000,000       1,000,000  
1/10/2013
    3.10 %     10,000,000       10,000,000  
2/25/2013
    3.45 %     5,000,000       5,000,000  
1/11/2015
    2.99 %     5,000,000       5,000,000  
4/27/2015
    2.97 %     5,000,000       5,000,000  
2/28/2018
    2.93 %     5,000,000       5,000,000  
10/29/2018
    0.25 %     736,159       752,102  
12/19/2023
    2.00 %     277,424       293,251  
 
               
 
            $ 32,013,583       $ 39,045,353  
 
               
FHLB advances, both short and long-term, had average annual interest rate paid during the year of 2.60% and 1.46% for 2010 and 2009, respectively. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 2.99%. Maximum amount outstanding during the years at any month-end for 2010 and 2009 was $39,042,749 and $125,913,370, respectively.
On November 1, 2007, the Company created Yadkin Valley Statutory Trust I (“the Trust”) to issue trust preferred securities in conjunction with the Company issuing junior subordinated debentures to the Trust. The terms of the junior subordinated debentures are substantially the same as the terms of the trust preferred securities. The interest rate in effect is the three-month LIBOR plus 1.32%. The effective interest rate was 1.62% and 1.57% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The Company’s obligations under the debentures and a separate guarantee agreement constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the Trust.
On November 1, 2007, the Trust completed the sale of $25.0 million of trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities mature in 30 years and can be called by the Trust without penalty after five years. The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the securities to purchase the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest notes due 2037 (the “Debenture”). The net proceeds from the offering were used by the Company in connection with the acquisition of Cardinal, and for general corporate purposes. Currently, regulatory capital rules allow trust preferred securities to be included as a component of regulatory capital for the Company up to certain limits. This treatment has continued despite the deconsolidation of these instruments for financial reporting purposes.
The Company assumed junior subordinated debt in the amount of $10.0 million in the American Community acquisition. American Community had a trust that issued trust preferred securities which pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a rate priced off 90-day LIBOR plus 280 basis points. The interest rate at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was 3.09% and 3.05%, respectively. The preferred securities are redeemable on December 15, 2033. The Company’s obligations under the debentures and a separate guarantee agreement constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the Trust.
Under the accounting for variable interest entities, the Company’s $774,000 and $310,000 investment in the common equity of the Trusts are included in the consolidated balance sheets as other assets and funded by long-term debt. The income and interest expense received from and paid to the Trust, respectively, is included in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income as other noninterest income and interest expense.

103


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
10. INCOME TAXES
The following table presents the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ (6,681,247 )   $ (3,524,067 )     $ 3,776,291  
State
    -           (5,207 )     756,727  
 
           
 
    (6,681,247 )     (3,529,274 )     4,533,018  
 
                       
Deferred:
                       
Federal
    4,755,963       (3,735,175 )     (2,656,853 )
State
    536,665       (1,611,252 )     (634,762 )
 
           
 
    5,292,628       (5,346,427 )     (3,291,615 )
 
           
Total income taxes
  $ (1,388,619 )   $ (8,875,701 )     $ 1,241,403  
 
           
The following table presents the tax effects of significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
    2010   2009
Deferred tax assets:
               
Allowance for loan losses
    $ 14,808,620       $ 18,911,645  
FMV adjustments related to mergers
    (49,631 )     2,013,988  
Other than temporary impairment
    466,661       1,736,196  
Accrued liabilities
    529,593       2,935,763  
SERP
    -           279,827  
OREO property
    680,115       -      
Net operating loss
    4,651,982       1,311,415  
Other
    514,563       557,885  
 
       
 
    $ 21,601,903       $ 27,746,719  
 
       
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
  $ (333,147 )   $ (1,847,263 )
Depreciation
    (2,214,513 )     (2,317,821 )
Prepaid expenses
    (356,850 )     (356,851 )
Core deposit intangible
    (1,929,458 )     (2,405,047 )
Leases
    -           (139,951 )
Noncompete intangible
    (231,744 )     (299,867 )
Goodwill
    (763,934 )     (634,337 )
Other
    (137,399 )     (332,212 )
 
       
 
  $ (5,967,045 )   $ (8,333,349 )
 
       
 
               
Net deferred tax asset
    $ 15,634,858       $ 19,413,370  
 
       

104


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)
Our net deferred tax asset was $15.6 million and $19.4 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. This decrease is related to the elimination of certain temporary differences. In evaluating whether the Company will realize the full benefit of our net deferred tax asset, both positive and negative evidence is considered, including recent earnings trends and projected earnings, asset quality, etc. As of December 31, 2010, management concluded that the net deferred tax assets were fully realizable. The Company will continue to monitor deferred tax assets closely to evaluate whether the Company will be able to realize the full benefit of our net deferred tax asset and need for valuation allowance. Significant negative trends in credit quality, losses from operations, etc. could impact the realizability of the deferred tax asset in the future.
The Bank’s strong history of earnings since the inception of the bank, and particularly over the past 10 years, shows the Company has been profitable historically and the Company has no history of expiration of loss carryforwards. Management closely monitors the previous twelve quarters of income (loss) before income taxes in determining the need for a valuation allowance which is called the cumulative loss test.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company did not pass the cumulative loss test by $18.7 million; although, with the pre-tax impact of management’s considerations, the Company feels confident that deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized. The 2010 deficit is reflected in the following table:
                                 
    December 31, 2010 Cumulative Loss Test
    2008   2009   2010   Total
    (Amounts in thousands)  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    $ 5,108       $ (83,933 )     $ (1,401 )     $ (80,226 )
Goodwill impairment
    -           61,566       -           61,566  
 
           
 
    $ 5,108       $ (22,367 )     $ (1,401 )     $ (18,660 )
 
           
The Company’s loss carryforwards for the tax period ending December 31, 2010 include net operating loss carryforwards generated in the acquisition of Cardinal State Bank in 2008 and American Community Bank in 2009, as well as net operating loss carryforwards for the Company. The expiration of the loss carryforwards for the tax period ending December 31, 2010 are as follows:
                     
            Tax Benefit    
    Net Operating Loss   Recorded at    
    Carryforward at   December 31,    
    December 31, 2010   2010   Expiration
    (Amounts in thousands)    
Cardinal State Bank acquisition
    $ 2,424       $ 849     2029
American Community Bank acquisition
    345       15     2030
Yadkin Valley Federal
    9,011       3,154     2031
Yadkin Valley State
    14,684       634     2031
 
         
Total Loss Carryforwards
    $ 26,464       $ 4,652      
 
         
Deferred tax assets of $21.6 million reduced by deferred tax liabilities of $6.0 million, resulted in a net deferred tax asset of approximately $15.6 million as of December 31, 2010. Deferred tax assets of $27.7 million as of December 31, 2009, reduced by deferred tax liabilities of $8.3 million, resulted in a net deferred tax asset of approximately $19.4 million. It is more likely than not that the Company will return to profitability and generate taxable income in the near term sufficient to realize the remaining $15.6 million in deferred tax assets. However, if negative trends occur with credit quality and earnings, valuation allowances may be needed in future periods.

105


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
10. INCOME TAXES (Continued)
The Company is not relying upon any tax planning strategies or offset of deferred tax liabilities due to the strength of the positive evidence in management’s evaluation of the Company’s outlook.
The following table presents a reconciliation of applicable income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 to the amount of tax expense computed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 35%:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
Tax expense at statutory rate on income before income taxes
    $ (490,284 )     $ (29,376,488 )     $ 1,787,811  
Increases (decreases) resulting from:
                       
Tax-exempt interest on investments
    (819,141 )     (765,108 )     (572,293 )
State income tax, net of federal benefits
    348,832       (1,050,698 )     79,181  
Income from bank-owned life insurance
    (288,399 )     (296,099 )     (323,741 )
Goodwill write-down
    -           21,548,018       -      
Merger expenses
    -           543,130       -      
Other
    (139,627 )     521,544       270,445  
 
        
Total income taxes
    $ (1,388,619 )     $ (8,875,701 )     $ 1,241,403  
 
        
The Company recognizes interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as components of income taxes. The Company’s federal tax returns are subject to examination for years 2007, 2008 and 2009. The interest associated with the uncertain tax positions amounts to approximately $42,000 at December 31, 2010. The Company’s state income tax returns are subject to examination for years 2008 and 2009.
11. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) are computed by dividing net income to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted net income available to common shareholders per common share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from the assumed issuance. The numerators of the basic net income per share computations are the same as the numerators of the diluted net income per common share computations for all the periods presented. Weighted average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2010 excludes 18,000 shares of unvested restricted stock. At December 31, 2010, there were 18,000 shares of restricted stock that were antidilutive. There were no shares of restricted stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The following table presents the reconciliation of EPS for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
                         
    2010   2009   2008
Basic earnings per share:
                       
Net income (loss) to common shareholders
    $ (3,193,377 )     $ (77,492,525 )     $ 3,866,628  
Weighted average shares outstanding
    16,129,640       14,808,325       11,235,943  
Basic earnings (loss) per share
    $ (0.20 )     $ (5.23 )     $ 0.34  
 
                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                       
Net income (loss) to common shareholders
    $ (3,193,377 )     $ (77,492,525 )     $ 3,866,628  
Weighted-average shares outstanding
    16,129,640       14,808,325       11,235,943  
Dilutive effect of stock options
    -           -           70,799  
Weighted-average shares, as adjusted
    16,129,640       14,808,325       11,306,742  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
    $ (0.20 )     $ (5.23 )     $ 0.34  
For 2010 and 2009, net income (loss) to common shareholders is net income (loss) less the preferred stock dividends and accretion of discount.

106


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
11. EARNINGS PER SHARE (Continued)
At December 31, 2010, there were 421,129 options outstanding to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a range of $3.84 to $19.07. The average market price during the period was $3.30. During 2010, there were 18,000 shares of restricted stock granted at a weighted average fair value of $4.18 per share. The fair value of each share grant is based on the closing market price of the stock on the date of issuance. Restricted shares vest over a three-year period. A total of 18,000 shares of restricted stock are nonvested as of December 31, 2010.
At December 31, 2009, there were 619,515 options outstanding to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a range of $6.36 to $19.07. The average market prices during the period ranged from $3.97 to $5.45.
At December 31, 2008, there were 189,319 options outstanding to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a range of $14.24 to $19.07. The average market prices during the period ranged from $14.10 to $14.33 which excluded the options from the computation of diluted EPS as they would be anti-dilutive.
Unvested shares of restricted stock and stock options were excluded from the determination of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 due to the Company’s loss position for the periods.
12. BENEFIT PLANS
401(K) PLAN
The Company maintains profit-sharing and 401(k) plans for substantially all employees. Contributions to the profit-sharing plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors but are limited to amounts deductible in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Company’s 401(k) plan, employees are permitted to contribute up to 60% of pre-tax compensation. The Company will match 50% of an employee’s contribution, up to a maximum of 3% of pre-tax employee compensation. The Company’s policy is to fund the profit-sharing/401(k) costs as incurred. Employer contributions in 2010, 2009 and 2008 to the 401(k) plan were $578,602, $537,410, and $334,537, respectively. There were no discretionary contributions to the profit-sharing plan for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. American Community’s 401(k) and profit sharing plan with plan assets of $2.2 million was merged into the Company’s plan as of April 17, 2009.
BANK-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE
During 2001 and 2000, the Company created an Officer Supplemental Insurance Plan (“OSIP”) and entered into Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreements with certain officers. Under the plan, upon death of the officer, the Company first recovers the cash surrender value of the contract and then shares the remaining death benefits from insurance contracts, which are written with different carriers, with the designated beneficiaries of the officers. The death benefit to the officer’s beneficiaries is a multiple of base salary at the time of the agreements. During 2010, the OSIP was amended and the death benefit to the officer’s beneficiaries is now subject to the limit of total death proceeds less cash surrender value. The Company, as owner of the policies, retains an interest in the life insurance proceeds and a 100% interest in the cash surrender value of the policies. The OSIP contains a five-year vesting requirement and certain provisions relating to change of control and termination of service. The Company funded the OSIP through the purchase of bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) during the first quarter of 2000 and the second quarter of 2001 with initial investments of $4.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively. Additional investments in BOLI were made in August of 2006 in the amount of $5.5 million. The corresponding cash surrender values of BOLI policies as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $25,277,669 and $24,453,672, respectively.

107


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
12. BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
During 2007 the Company created the 2007 Group Term Carve Out Plan and entered into Life Insurance Endorsement Method Split Dollar Agreements with certain officers who did not participate in the 2001 Plan discussed in the previous paragraph. Under the plan, upon death of the officer, the Company first recovers the cash surrender value of the contract and then shares the remaining death benefits from the insurance contracts which are written with New York Life Insurance and Annuity Corporation, with the designated beneficiaries of the officers. The death benefit to the officer’s beneficiaries is a multiple of base salary at the time of the agreements, subject to the limit of total death proceeds less cash surrender value. The Company, as owner of the policies, retains an interest in the life insurance proceeds and a 100% interest in the cash surrender value of the policies. The 2007 plan contains a five-year vesting requirement and certain provisions related to change of control and termination of service. The Company uses the cost of insurance method for determining liabilities related to the plan and developed a discount rate of 5.75% at December 31, 2010 and 5.60% at December 31, 2009 based on the Citigroup Pension Liability Yield Curve. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the liability accrued for the plan was $1.8 million. The net periodic benefit costs of the plan are recorded to other non-interest expense and were approximately $58,000 and $448,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease in net periodic benefit costs was primarily related to the change in death benefits for the OSIP mentioned above.
NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Incentive compensation is provided for certain officers of the Bank based on defined levels of earnings performance. Expenses related to such compensation during 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled $-0-, $-0-, and $170,000, respectively. Incentive compensation is provided for certain officers of Sidus based on pre-tax income. Expenses related to such compensation during 2010, 2009, and 2008 totaled approximately $-0-, $1.1 million and $295,000, respectively.
13. STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK
The Company has stock option plans for directors, selected executive officers and other key employees. The plans provide for the granting of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a price not less than the fair market value at the date of grant of the option. Option exercise prices are established at market value on the grant date. Vesting schedules are determined by the Board of Directors. Upon termination, unexercised options held by employees are forfeited and made available for future grants.
On May 22, 2008, the shareholders approved the 2008 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”). An aggregate of 700,000 shares has been reserved for issuance by the Company under the terms of the Omnibus Plan pursuant to the grant of incentive stock options (not to exceed 200,000 shares), non-statutory stock options, restricted stock (not to exceed 500,000 shares) and restricted stock units, long-term incentive compensation units and stock appreciation rights.
During 2010, 24,300 options were vested resulting in 53,900 unvested options at December 31, 2010. There were no options granted or exercised during 2010. In 2010, 18,000 shares of restricted stock were granted at a weighted average fair value of $4.18 per share. The fair value of each share grant is based on the closing market price of the stock on the date of issuance. Restricted shares vest over a three-year period. A total of 18,000 shares of restricted stock are nonvested as of December 31, 2010. There are 482,000 shares of restricted stock available for issuance as of December 31, 2010.

108


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
13. STOCK OPTIONS (Continued)
The following table presents certain option information for the year ended December 31, 2010:
                                         
            Outstanding Options   Exercisable Options
    Shares           Weighted-           Weighted-
    available           average           average
    for future   Number   exercise   Number   exercise
    grants   of options   price   of options   price
At December 31, 2009
    197,862       579,363       $ 13.26       477,263       $ 13.01  
Options authorized
    -           -           -           -           -      
Options granted/vested
    -           -           -           24,300       14.94  
Options exercised
    -           -           -           -           -      
Options expired
    -           (12,061 )     8.66       (12,061 )     8.66  
Options forfeited
    -           (146,172 )     13.16       (122,272 )     12.02  
 
                   
At December 31, 2010
    197,862       421,130       $ 13.42       367,230       $ 13.41  
 
                   
During 2009, 27,700 options were vested and 13,000 options were granted resulting in 102,100 unvested options at December 31, 2009. There was no intrinsic value of 2009 option grants since options are granted at the market price of the stock on date of grant. There was no intrinsic value of options exercised in 2009 since the option price exceeded the market price of the stock on date of exercise. The intrinsic values of options exercised in 2008 were $630,098.
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 2009 and 2008: dividend yield of 0.76% and 3.77%, respectively; expected volatility of 56.38% and 22.72%, respectively; risk-free interest rate of 2.35% and 2.80%, respectively, and expected life of 5.5 and 5.4 years, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options granted during 2009 and 2008 was approximately $2.82 and $2.03 respectively, at the grant date.
At December 31, 2010, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding and exercisable options was 4.2 years and 3.7 years, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding and exercisable options was 4.9 years and 4.2 years, respectively.
There was no aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, since the exercise price of options outstanding exceeded the market share price of $1.81 and $3.66, respectively, at year end. The following table segregates the shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 into meaningful ranges:
                                                         
                    Weighted-average           Shares
                    remaining   Weighted-   exercisable
            Option price   contractual   average   December 31,
Shares         per share   life (years)   exercise price   2010
  5,000    
 
    $3.84       8.9       $3.84       1,000  
  43,765    
 
    6.36 - 7.85       2.1       7.43       37,365  
  39,384    
 
    9.31 - 10.75       4.6       10.06       39,384  
  25,314    
 
    11.24 - 11.99       1.5       11.93       25,314  
  80,929    
 
    12.79 - 13.91       5.6       13.80       61,729  
  148,488    
 
    14.00 - 14.97       3.5       14.78       135,288  
  50,750    
 
    15.24 - 15.65       5.3       15.24       50,650  
  27,500    
 
    19.07       6.1       19.07       16,500  
       
 
                               
  421,130    
 
                            367,230  
       
 
                               

109


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
13. STOCK OPTIONS (Continued)
All options expire ten years after date of grant and are made available for future grants at expiration.
The Bank recorded compensation expense totaling $76,939 in 2010, $73,820 in 2009 and $66,787 in 2008 for the options in the process of vesting based on amortization of the fair value of options granted (See “Share-Based Payment” under Note 1). The Bank recorded compensation expense totaling $16,619 in 2010 for the restricted stock in the process of vesting based on amortization of the fair value of shares granted. Unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under all of the Company’s stock benefit plans totaling $197,082 at December 31, 2010 will be recognized over the remaining vesting period, 2010 through 2014. There were 146,172 shares forfeited and 12,061 shares expired during the year ended December 31, 2010. There were no shares forfeited during the year ended December 31, 2009.
14. LEASES
Operating Leases
The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating leases for branch facilities and equipment. These leases have terms from five to thirty years. Rental expense was approximately $2.3 million in 2010, $1.7 million in 2009 and $738,000 in 2008 and primarily represents rentals of real estate. The following table presents the future minimum lease payments for the next five years:
         
    (in thousands)
2011
    $ 1,590  
2012
    1,265  
2013
    1,073  
2014
    974  
2015
    727  
Thereafter
    2,470  
 
  
Total
    $ 8,099  
 
  
Capital Lease Obligation
The Company leases its Monroe Main office facility, which was acquired from American Community, under a capital lease. Leases that meet the criteria for capitalization are recorded as assets and the related obligations are reflected on the accompanying balance sheets. Amortization of property under capital lease is included in depreciation expense. Included in premises and equipment at December 31, 2010 is $2.4 million as the capitalized cost of the Company’s Monroe Main office and accumulated amortization of approximately $47,600 at December 31, 2010.
The following table presents aggregate future minimum lease payments due under this capital lease obligation as of December 31, 2010:
         
2011
    $ 225,552  
2012
    225,552  
2013
    225,552  
2014
    226,868  
2015
    241,344  
2016-2029
    3,641,050  
 
  
Total minimum lease payments
    4,785,918  
Less amount representing interest
    (2,383,518 )
 
       
Present value of net minimum lease payments
    $ 2,402,400  
 
  

110


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
15. OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of conditions established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank, upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral obtained varies but may include real estate, stocks, bonds, and certificates of deposit.
The following table presents a summary by type of contract and amount the Bank’s exposure to off-balance sheet risk as of December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
    2010   2009
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
               
Loan commitments and undisbursed lines of credit
    $ 265,752,158       $ 284,851,799  
Undisbursed standby letters of credit
    9,106,181       9,655,268  
Undisbursed portion of construction loans
    13,580,221       21,971,644  
Commitments to close first mortgages
    119,168,227       97,548,000  
Commitments to sell first mortgages
    119,168,277       97,548,000  
16. FAIR VALUE
The Company utilizes fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments for certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Available-for-sale securities, mortgage servicing rights, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale loan commitments are recorded at fair value on a monthly basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record other assets at fair value, such as loans held-for-investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments usually involve writing the asset down to fair value or the lower of cost or market value.
Fair Value Hierarchy
The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value, under the Fair Market Value Measurements and Disclosures topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. These levels are:
     
   Level 1
 
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
 
   
   Level 2
 
Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
 
   
   Level 3
 
Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

111


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
16. FAIR VALUE (Continued)
The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value.
Available-for-Sale Investment Securities
Available-for-sale investment securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available. If quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured using independent pricing models or other model-based valuation techniques such as the present value of future cash flows, adjusted for the security’s credit rating, prepayment assumptions and other factors such as credit loss assumptions. Level 1 securities include those traded on an active exchange, such as the New York Stock Exchange, U.S. Treasury securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active over-the-counter markets and money market funds. Level 2 securities include mortgage-backed securities issued by government sponsored entities and private label entities, municipal bonds and corporate debt securities. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.
Interest Rate Swaps
Interest rate swaps are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based on discounted cash flow models. All future floating cash flows are projected and both floating and fixed cash flows are discounted to the valuation date. As a result, the Company classifies interest rate swaps as Level 3.
The following table presents a rollforward of interest rate swaps from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 and shows that the interest rate swaps are classified as Level 3 as discussed above.
                 
    Level 3
    Fair Value- Assets   Fair Value- Liabilities
    (Amounts in thousands)  
Balance, December 31, 2009
    $ -           $ -      
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements
    -           -      
Gains/losses included in other income
    159       159  
 
     
Balance, December 31, 2010
    $ 159       $ 159  
 
     
Interest Rate Locks and Forward Sale Loan Commitments
Sidus, the Company’s mortgage lending subsidiary, enters into interest rate lock commitments and commitments to sell mortgages. At December 31, 2010, the amount of fair value associated with these interest rate lock commitments and sale commitments was $104,810 and $161,071, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the amount of fair value associated with these interest rate lock commitments and sale commitments was $(790,608) and $1,020,177, respectively. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
A valuation of mortgage servicing rights is performed using a pooling methodology. Similar loans are pooled together and evaluated on a discounted earnings basis to determine the present value of future earnings. The present value of the future earnings is the estimated market value for the pool, calculated using consensus assumptions that a third party purchaser would utilize in evaluating a potential acquisition of the servicing. As such, the Company classifies loan servicing rights as a Level 3 security. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.

112


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
16. FAIR VALUE (Continued)
The following table presents assets and (liabilities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
                                 
December 31, 2010 (in thousands)   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
U.S. government agencies
    $ 14,550       $ -           $ 14,550       $ -      
Government sponsored agencies:
                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    52,075       -           52,075       -      
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    155,926       -           155,926       -      
Private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
    1,705       -           1,705       -      
State and municipal securities
    72,622       -           72,622       -      
Common and preferred stocks
    1,124       1,124       -           -      
Interest rate lock commitments
    105       -           105       -      
Forward loan sale commitments
    161       -           161       -      
Mortgage servicing rights
    2,144       -           -           2,144  
                                 
December 31, 2009 (in thousands)   Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
U.S. government agencies
    $ 42,894       $ -           $ 42,894       $ -      
Government sponsored agencies:
                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    50,884       -           50,884       -      
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    25,217       -           25,217       -      
Private label collateralized
mortgage obligations
    2,288       -           2,288       -      
State and municipal securities
    61,378       -           61,378       -      
Common and preferred stocks
    1,181       1,181       -           -      
Interest rate lock commitments
    (791 )     -           (791 )     -      
Forward loan sale commitments
    1,020       -           1,020       -      
Mortgage servicing rights
    1,918       -           -           1,918  
Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale
Loans held-for-sale are carried at lower of cost or market value. The fair value of loans held-for-sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics. As such, the Company classifies loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a Level 2 security. At December 31, 2010 the cost of the Company’s mortgage loans held-for-sale was less than the market value. Accordingly, the Company’s loans held-for-sale are carried at cost. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.

113


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
16. FAIR VALUE (Continued)
Impaired Loans
The Company does not record loans held for investment at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. Loans for which it is probable that payment of interest and principal will not be made in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Once a loan is identified as individually impaired, management measures impairment in accordance with the Receivables topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The fair value of impaired loans is estimated using one of several methods, including collateral value, market value of similar debt, enterprise value, liquidation value and discounted cash flows. Those impaired loans not requiring an allowance represent loans for which the fair value of the expected repayments or collateral exceed the recorded investments in such loans. At December 31, 2010, substantially all of the total impaired loans were evaluated based on the fair value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the impaired loan measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a Level 2 security. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the impaired loan measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a Level 3 security. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.
Foreclosed real estate
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is adjusted to fair value upon transfer of the loans to OREO. Subsequently, OREO is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value. Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 2. When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records the OREO as nonrecurring Level 3. The current carrying value of OREO at December 31, 2010 is $25,582,234. At December 31, 2009 the carrying value of OREO was $14,344,599. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.
Goodwill
We perform our annual goodwill impairment assessment on October 1st for the Sidus segment. We also make judgments about goodwill whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment in the value of goodwill recorded on our balance sheet may exist. In order to estimate the fair value of goodwill, we typically make various judgments and assumptions, including, among other things, the identification of the reporting units, the assignment of assets and liabilities to reporting units, the future prospects for the reporting unit that the asset relates to, the market factors specific to that reporting unit, the future cash flows to be generated by that reporting unit, and the weighted-average cost of capital for purposes of establishing a discount rate. Assumptions used in these assessments are consistent with our internal planning. At September 30, 2009, it was determined that impairment existed in the banking reporting unit and a goodwill impairment charge of $61.6 million was recorded. See additional disclosures and discussions regarding the goodwill impairment in Footnote 22 to the financial statements. There have been no changes in valuation techniques for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Valuation techniques are consistent with techniques used in prior periods.

114


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
 
16. FAIR VALUE (Continued)
The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:
                                 
    Fair Value   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
December 31, 2010   (Amounts in thousands)  
Other real estate owned at December 31, 2010
    $ 2,941       $ -           $ -           $ 2,941  
Impaired loans at December 31, 2010:
                               
Construction
    8,975       -           -           8,975  
Commercial real estate:
                               
Non-owner occupied
    5,388       -           -           5,388  
Owner occupied
    4,217       -           -           4,217  
Commercial
    4,117       -           -           4,117  
Mortgages:
                               
Secured 1-4 family real estate
    1,790       -           -           1,790  
Multifamily
    387       -           -           387  
Open ended secured 1-4 family
    459       -           -           459  
Consumer and other
    99       -           -           99  
December 31, 2009
                               
Other real estate owned at December 31, 2009
    2,510       -           -           2,510  
Impaired loans at December 31, 2009
    16,250       -           -           16,250  
17. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly, additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Company must maintain minimum Total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed in the Company’s category.

115


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
17. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
                                                 
    Actual   adequacy purposes   action provisions
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
    (Amounts in thousands)
Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust
                                               
As of December 31, 2010
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    $ 183,690       10.5 %     $ 140,030       8.0 %     $ 175,038       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    161,614       9.2 %     70,015       4.0 %     105,023       6.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
    161,614       7.0 %     91,873       4.0 %     114,841       5.0 %
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2009
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    $ 186,255       10.3 %     $ 145,152       8.0 %     $ 181,440       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    163,217       9.0 %     72,577       4.0 %     108,864       6.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
    163,217       8.0 %     81,398       4.0 %     101,747       5.0 %
 
                                               
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation
                                               
As of December 31, 2010
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    $ 185,318       10.6 %     $ 140,271       8.0 %     $ 175,339       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    164,290       9.4 %     70,135       4.0 %     105,203       6.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
    164,290       7.2 %     91,950       4.0 %     114,937       5.0 %
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2009
                                               
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    $ 192,223       10.6 %     $ 145,436       8.0 %     $ 181,794       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    170,225       9.4 %     72,718       4.0 %     109,077       6.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)
    170,225       8.4 %     81,502       4.0 %     101,877       5.0 %
The Bank, as a North Carolina banking corporation, may pay dividends only out of undivided profits as determined pursuant to North Carolina General Statutes Section 53-87. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no undivided profits available for dividend payments. At December 31, 2008, $48,070,348 was legally available for dividend payments. The Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the holding company without prior FDIC and Commissioner approval. We also may be required to defer dividend payments on the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and interest payments on the trust preferred securities in the future given liquidity levels at the holding company. If we defer dividend payments on the Series T and Series T-ACB Preferred Stock and defer interest payments on our trust preferred securities, we will be prohibited from paying any dividends on our common stock until all deferred payments have been made in full.
The Bank has committed to regulators that it will maintain a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of 8%. Although the Bank has currently fallen below this level, the Company has a number of alternatives available to assist the Bank in achieving this ratio including but not limited to raising additional capital, and decreasing the asset size of Bank. Management, on an ongoing basis, continues to monitor capital levels closely and evaluate options which would improve the capital position.
For the reserve maintenance period in effect at December 31, 2010, the Bank was required by the Federal Reserve Bank to maintain average daily reserves of $250,000 on deposit.
The Sidus mortgage banking segment qualifies as a HUD-approved Title II Nonsupervised Mortgagee and issues mortgages insured by the US Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). A Title II nonsupervised mortgagee must maintain an adjusted net worth equal to a minimum of $250,000 plus 1% of mortgage volume in excess of $25 million, up to a maximum net worth of $1 million.
Possible penalties related to noncompliance with this minimum net worth requirement includes the revocation of Sidus’ license to issue HUD insured mortgages, which may have a material adverse affect on Sidus’ financial condition and results of operations.

116


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
17. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS (Continued)
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, Sidus was required to maintain $1 million in adjusted net worth. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, Sidus’ adjusted net worth was $21,321,047, and $18,344,062 respectively, which exceeds the required minimum net worth requirements.
18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following table presents a summary of the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities at December 31:
                                 
    2010   2009
    Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
    Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value
    (in thousands)
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    $ 229,780       $ 229,780       $ 92,336       $ 92,336  
Investment securities
    298,002       298,002       183,841       183,841  
Loans and loans held-for-sale, net
    1,613,206       1,541,071       1,677,538       1,676,845  
Accrued interest receivable
    7,947       7,947       7,783       7,783  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    9,416       9,416       10,539       10,539  
Investment in Bank-owned life insurance
    25,278       25,278       24,454       24,454  
Forward loan sale commitments
    161       161       1,020       1,020  
Interest rate lock commitments
    105       105       -           -      
Financial liabilities:
                               
Demand deposits, NOW, savings and money
market accounts
    $ 805,951       $ 805,951       $ 653,358       $ 653,358  
Time deposits
    1,214,455       1,227,628       1,168,394       1,185,405  
Borrowed funds
    116,768       117,741       123,468       124,947  
Accrued interest payable
    3,302       3,302       3,015       3,015  
Interest rate lock commitments
    -           -           791       791  
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value.
The fair value of marketable securities is based on quoted market prices and prices obtained from independent pricing services.
For certain categories of loans, such as installment and commercial loans, the fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The cost of fixed rate mortgage loans held-for-sale approximates the fair values as these loans are typically sold within 60 days of origination. Fair values for adjustable-rate mortgages are based on quoted market prices of similar loans adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The Company applied an additional illiquidity discount in the amount of 5.0% in 2010 and 2009.
The carrying value of FHLB stock approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the FHLB stock.
The investment in bank-owned life insurance represents the cash value of the policies at December 31, 2010 and 2009. The rates are adjusted annually thereby minimizing market fluctuations.
The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts is estimated using the present value of the projected cash flows using rates currently offered for similar deposits with similar maturities.

117


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
18. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)
The fair values of borrowings are based on discounting expected cash flows at the interest rate for debt with the same or similar remaining maturities and collateral requirements. The carrying values of short-term borrowings, including overnight, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, federal funds purchased and FHLB advances, approximates the fair values due to the short maturities of those instruments. The Company’s credit risk is not material to calculation of fair value.
The carrying values of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates fair values due to the short-term duration.
The fair values of forward loan sales commitments and interest rate lock commitments are based on changes in the reference price for similar instruments as quoted by secondary market investors.
19. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
During the May 24, 2006 annual meeting, the shareholders approved the formation of the Company whereby each share of the Bank was automatically converted to one share of the Company. The Company’s authorized capital consists of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value, whose rights, privileges, and preferences will be established by the Board of Directors on issuance. As of the conversion date, 10,648,300 common shares and no preferred shares were issued and outstanding. The following table presents condensed financial data for the parent company only:
Condensed Balance Sheets
                 
    2010   2009
    (Amounts in thousands)
Assets:
               
Cash on deposit with bank subsidiary
    $ 849       $ 4,120  
Investment in subsidiary
    179,659       180,513  
Other investments
    2,351       2,876  
Other assets
    585       629  
 
       
Total
    $ 183,444       $ 188,138  
 
       
 
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:
               
Dividends payable
    $ 411       $ 314  
Other liabilities
    35,576       35,558  
Shareholders’ equity
    147,457       152,266  
 
       
Total
    $ 183,444       $ 188,138  
 
       
Condensed Results of Operations
                         
    2010   2009   2008
Equity in earnings of subsidiary bank:
                       
Dividends received
    $ -           $ 1,658       $ 5,859  
Undistributed earnings (loss)
    1,364       (75,886 )     (1,170 )
Income (expenses), net
    (1,376 )     (829 )     (822 )
 
           
Net income (loss)
    (12 )     (75,057 )     3,867  
 
           
Preferred stock dividend and accretion of preferred
stock discount
    3,181       2,435       -      
 
           
Net income (loss) to common shareholders
    $ (3,193 )     $ (77,492 )     $ 3,867  
 
           

118


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
19. PARENT COMPANY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (Amounts in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    $ (12 )     $ (75,057 )     $ 3,867  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
from operating activities:
                       
Equity (loss) in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (1,364 )     75,886       1,170  
Other-than-temporary impairment of investments
    482       201       -      
Change in other assets
    53       2,578       (125 )
Change in other liabilities
    114       (611 )     171  
 
           
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (727 )     2,997       5,083  
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchase of investments
    -           (291 )     (632 )
Maturities, call and repayments of investments
    19       22       -      
Additional investment in bank subsidiary
    -           (45,006 )     (23,458 )
 
           
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    19       (45,275 )     (24,090 )
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Issuance of preferred stock and warrants
    -           49,312       -      
Dividends paid
    (2,563 )     (3,672 )     (5,986 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    -           1       623  
 
           
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (2,563 )     45,641       (5,363 )
 
                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash
    (3,271 )     3,363       (24,370 )
Cash at beginning of year
    4,120       757       25,127  
 
           
Cash at end of year
    $ 849       $ 4,120       $ 757  
 
           
20. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company has three reportable business segments, the Bank, Sidus, and other. The Bank encompasses the five regional banks, Yadkin Valley Bank and Trust, Piedmont Bank, High Country Bank, Cardinal State Bank, and American Community Bank. Sidus Financial, LLC (“Sidus”) was acquired October 1, 2004 as a single member LLC with the Bank as the single member. Sidus is headquartered in Greenville, North Carolina and offers mortgage banking services throughout the east coast. The other segment consists of the Holding Company and also includes the eliminations necessary to accurately report each segment’s operations.

119


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
20. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
The following table presents the results of operations for the twelve months of 2010, 2009 and 2008 for the Bank and Sidus using the acquisition method of accounting.
                                 
December 31, 2010   Bank   Sidus   Other   Total
  (Amounts in thousands)
Interest income
    $ 96,821       $ 2,181       $ -           $ 99,002  
Interest expense
    33,359       186       788       34,333  
 
               
Net interest income
    63,462       1,995       (788 )     64,669  
 
                               
Provision for loan losses
    23,930       419       -           24,349  
 
               
Net interest income (loss) after provision
for loan losses
    39,532       1,576       (788 )     40,320  
Other income
    13,375       9,023       (260 )     22,138  
Other expense
    55,421       8,110       328       63,859  
 
               
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)
    (2,514 )     2,489       (1,376 )     (1,401 )
Income taxes (benefit)
    (1,389 )     -           -           (1,389 )
 
               
Net income(loss)
    $ (1,125 )     $ 2,489       $ (1,376 )     $ (12 )
 
               
 
                               
Total assets
    $ 2,275,617       $ 61,189       $ (36,212 )     $ 2,300,594  
Net loans
    1,562,787       -           -           1,562,787  
Loans held for sale
    1,447       48,972       -           50,419  
Goodwill
    -           4,944       -           4,944  
                                 
December 31, 2009   Bank   Sidus   Other   Total
  (Amounts in thousands)
Interest income
    $ 91,834       $ 3,708       $ -           $ 95,542  
Interest expense
    30,628       351       852       31,831  
 
               
Net interest income
    61,206       3,357       (852 )     63,711  
Provision for loan losses
    48,366       73       -           48,439  
 
               
Net interest income (loss) after provision
for loan losses
    12,840       3,284       (852 )     15,272  
Other income
    10,627       13,575       641       24,843  
Other expense
    52,915       8,950       617       62,482  
Goodwill impairment
    61,566       -           -           61,566  
 
               
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)
    (91,014 )     7,909       (828 )     (83,933 )
 
Income taxes (benefit)
    (8,876 )     -           -           (8,876 )
 
               
Net income(loss)
    $ (82,138 )     $ 7,909       $ (828 )     $ (75,057 )
 
               
 
                               
Total assets
    $ 2,086,388       $ 61,314       $ (34,090 )     $ 2,113,612  
Net loans
    1,627,823       -           -           1,627,823  
Loans held for sale
    -           49,715       -           49,715  
Goodwill
    -           4,944       -           4,944  

120


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
20. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION (Continued)
                                 
December 31, 2008   Bank   Sidus   Other   Total
  (Amounts in thousands)
Interest income
    $ 71,997       $ 2,530       $ -           $ 74,527  
Interest expense
    32,468       873       1,195       34,536  
 
               
Net interest income
    39,529       1,657       (1,195 )     39,991  
 
Provision for loan losses
    11,109       -           -           11,109  
 
               
Net interest income (loss) after provision
for loan losses
    28,420       1,657       (1,195 )     28,882  
Net loss on investment securities
    (1,016 )     -           -           (1,016 )
Other income
    8,451       7,518       911       16,880  
Other expense
    32,713       6,386       538       39,637  
 
               
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)
    3,142       2,789       (822 )     5,109  
 
                               
Income taxes (benefit)
    1,241       -           -           1,241  
 
               
Net income(loss)
    $ 1,901       $ 2,789       $ (822 )     $ 3,868  
 
               
 
                               
Total assets
    $ 1,555,684       $ 54,153       $ (85,550 )     $ 1,524,287  
Net loans
    1,165,214       -           -           1,165,214  
Loans held for sale
    172       49,757       -           49,929  
Goodwill
    48,559       4,944       -           53,503  

121


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
21. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
The following table presents unaudited, summarized quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009:
                                 
    Three Months Ended
2010   December 31   September 30   June 30   March 31
    (in thousands)
Interest income
    $ 24,836       $ 25,129       $ 24,247       $ 24,790  
Interest expense
    8,880       8,820       8,650       7,983  
 
               
Net interest income
    15,956       16,309       15,597       16,807  
Provision for loan losses
    6,277       7,879       5,809       4,384  
 
               
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    9,679       8,430       9,788       12,423  
Other income
    7,332       5,572       5,454       3,780  
Other expense
    16,975       17,372       14,980       14,532  
 
               
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)
    36       (3,370 )     262       1,671  
Income taxes (benefit)
    (824 )     (1,299 )     (23 )     757  
 
               
Net income(loss)
    860       (2,071 )     285       914  
 
               
Preferred stock dividend and accretion of preferred
stock discount
    868       771       771       771  
 
               
Net income (loss) to common shareholders
    $ (8 )     $ (2,842 )     $ (486 )     $ 143  
 
               
 
                               
Net income (loss) per common share- basic
    $ 0.00       $ (0.18 )     $ (0.03 )     $ 0.01  
Net income (loss) per common share- diluted
    $ 0.00       $ (0.18 )     $ (0.03 )     $ 0.01  
 
                               
2009
                               
Interest income
    $ 25,482       $ 26,637       $ 25,823       $ 17,600  
Interest expense
    7,620       8,256       8,269       7,686  
 
               
Net interest income
    17,862       18,381       17,554       9,914  
Provision for loan losses
    3,146       18,285       16,458       10,550  
 
               
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    14,716       96       1,096       (636 )
Other income
    6,312       5,678       7,719       5,134  
Other expense
    14,482       17,182       19,164       11,654  
Goodwill impairment
    -           61,566       -           -      
 
               
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit)
    6,546       (72,974 )     (10,349 )     (7,156 )
Income taxes (benefit)
    2,629       (4,716 )     (3,795 )     (2,994 )
 
               
Net income(loss)
    3,917       (68,258 )     (6,554 )     (4,162 )
 
               
Preferred stock dividend and accretion of preferred
stock discount
    754       708       -           -      
 
               
Net income (loss) to common shareholders
    $ 3,163       $ (68,966 )     $ (6,554 )     $ (4,162 )
 
               
 
                               
Net income (loss) per common share- basic
    $ 0.20       $ (4.28 )     $ (0.46 )     $ (0.40 )
Net income (loss) per common share- diluted
    $ 0.20       $ (4.28 )     $ (0.46 )     $ (0.40 )

122


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
22. GOODWILL
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill impairment testing is performed annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate possible impairment. An impairment loss is recorded to the extent that the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value.
In performing our annual analysis of goodwill for the Sidus reporting unit, the Company engaged the services of a third party to test the balance of goodwill reported for impairment. Based on the independent opinion of the third party, in regards to the fair value of the Sidus reporting unit which included goodwill, the fair value exceeded the carrying value indicating that there was no goodwill impairment.
In performing the first step (“Step 1”) of the goodwill impairment testing and measurement process to identify possible impairment for the Sidus reporting unit, the estimated fair value of the Sidus reporting unit was developed using the tangible book value multiple and EBITDA multiple market approaches. The significant inputs to the tangible book value approach include a multiple of tangible book value of 1.25 derived from industry averages, discounted for mortgage businesses as compared to full service bank. The EBITDA multiple market valuation approach utilizes the current transactions of several mortgage banking companies of comparable size which translated to a multiple of 3.6 as an indicator of fair market value. Both approaches resulted in the fair value exceeding the carrying value. These results conclude that there was no need to continue with the second step, and no impairment was recorded as a result of the goodwill testing performed during 2010.
We updated our Step 1 goodwill impairment testing for the Bank reporting unit as of September 30, 2009. Given the substantial declines in our common stock price, declining operating results, asset quality trends, market comparables and the economic outlook for our industry, the results of this Step 1 process indicated that the Bank reporting unit’s estimated fair value was less than book value, thus requiring a second step (“Step 2”) of the goodwill impairment test in accordance with accounting for Intangibles- Goodwill and other. The Step 2 analysis included a determination of the fair value of net assets that was compared with the fair value of the reporting units as determined in Step 1. Assumptions included in the fair value of net assets included current market rates for loans, deposits, and other borrowings. Based on the Step 2 analysis, it was determined that the Bank’s fair value did not support the goodwill recorded; therefore, the Company recorded a $61.6 million goodwill impairment charge to write-off all of its goodwill at the Bank reporting unit as of September 30, 2009. This non-cash goodwill impairment charge to earnings was recorded as a component of non-interest expense on the consolidated statement of income. No impairment was recorded as a result of goodwill testing performed during 2008.
The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2010:
                         
    Banking Segment   Sidus Segment   Total
Balance as of December 31, 2008
                       
Goodwill
    $ 48,559,015       $ 4,943,872       $ 53,502,887  
Goodwill acquired during the year
    13,006,753       -           13,006,753  
Impairment losses
    (61,565,768 )     -           (61,565,768 )
 
           
Balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2009
    $ -           $ 4,943,872       $ 4,943,872  
 
           
 
                       
Accumulated impairment losses
    $ (61,565,768 )     $ -           $ (61,565,768 )

123


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
23. DERIVATIVES
The Company currently has derivative instrument contracts consisting of interest rate swaps and interest rate lock commitments and commitments to sell mortgages. The primary objective for each of these contracts is to minimize interest rate risk. The Company’s strategy is to use derivative contracts to stabilize and improve net interest margin and net interest income currently and in future periods. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. For derivatives that are economic hedges, but are not designated as hedging instruments or otherwise do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, all changes in fair value are recognized in non-interest income during the period of change.
As part of interest rate risk management, the Company has entered into two interest rate swap agreements to convert certain fixed-rate receivables to floating rates and certain fixed-rate obligations to floating rates. The interest rate swaps are used to provide fixed rate financing while managing interest rate risk and were not designated as hedges. The interest rate swaps pay and receive interest based on a floating rate based on one month LIBOR, with payments being calculated on the notional amount. The interest rate swaps are settled quarterly and mature on June 15, 2016. The interest rate swaps each have a notional amount of $2.1 million, representing the amount of outstanding fixed-rate receivables and obligations outstanding at December 31, 2010, and are included in other assets and other liabilities at their fair value of $159,177. The Company had a gain of $159,177 on the interest rate swap asset and a loss of $159,177 on the interest rate swap liability for the year ended December 31, 2010. The interest rate swaps were not designated as hedges and all changes in fair value are recorded in other income within noninterest income. Fair values for interest rate swap agreements are based upon the amounts required to settle the contracts.
The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing mortgage origination business. Sidus, the Company’s mortgage lending subsidiary, enters into interest rate lock commitments and commitments to sell mortgages. The primary risks managed by derivative instruments are these interest rate lock commitments and forward-loan-sale commitments. Interest rate lock commitments are entered into to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s fixed rate loan commitments. The period of time between the issuance of a loan commitment and the closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 10 to 60 days. Such interest rate lock commitments and forward-loan-sale commitments represent derivative instruments which are required to be carried at fair value. These derivative instruments do not qualify as hedges under the Derivatives and Hedging topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate lock commitments and forward-loan-sales commitments are based on current secondary market pricing and included on the balance sheet in the loans held-for-sale and on the income statement in gain on sale of mortgages. The gains and losses from the future sales of the mortgages is recognized when the Company, the borrower and the investor enter into the loan contract and the resulting gain or loss is recorded on the income statement.
At December 31, 2010, Sidus had $119.2 million of commitments outstanding to originate mortgage loans held-for-sale at fixed prices and $167.6 million of forward commitments outstanding for original commitments and outstanding mortgage loans held-for-sale under best efforts contracts to sell mortgages to agencies and other investors. The fair value of the interest rate lock commitments recorded in assets was $104,810 at December 31, 2010. The fair value of forward sales commitments recorded in other assets was $161,071 at December 31, 2010. Recognition of gains (losses) related to the change in fair value of the interest rate lock commitments and forward sales commitments were $36,312 and $(10,247), respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010, and are included in mortgage banking income within noninterest income. Recognition of losses related to the change in fair value of the interest rate lock commitments and forward sales commitments were $85,345 and $55,199, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009, and are included in other income. At December 31, 2009, Sidus had $97.5 million of commitments outstanding to originate mortgage loans held-for-sale at fixed prices and $147.2 million of forward commitments outstanding under best efforts contracts to sell mortgages to agencies and other investors. The fair value of interest rate locks recorded in other liabilities was $(790,608). The fair value of the forward sales commitments recorded in assets was $1,020,177.

124


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
24. SALE OF CREDIT CARD RECEIVABLES
On August 31, 2010, the Company sold credit card receivables for a net gain of $32,600 after termination and deconversion fees. The net book value of the portfolio was $3.2 million for which the Company received approximately $3.4 million in cash proceeds. This transaction was accounted for as a sale and as a result the related credit card receivables have been excluded from the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2010. The Company will continue to service the credit card accounts until early 2011 as part of the agreement with the purchaser. Any servicing rights are immaterial and have not been recorded on the transaction.
25. COST SAVINGS INITIATIVES
During the third quarter of 2010, the Company implemented an earnings improvement initiative in order to streamline the organization during this prolonged economic cycle. An evaluation of the branch network, regional structure, and staffing levels across all areas of the Bank was performed. As a result of these evaluations, the decision was made to consolidate the internal reporting structure from five regional divisions to three regional divisions. Severance payments in the amount of $825,000 have been accrued in salaries and employee benefits expense as part of this consolidation.
In addition to the changes in the regional structure, the Bank has made the decision to consolidate four branch offices across the franchise. This decision was a result of an extensive evaluation of the entire network of branches. These consolidations took place in the first quarter of 2011. Terminated lease payments in the amount of $220,000 have been accrued in occupancy and equipment expense as part of this consolidation at December 31, 2010.
Finally, the Company has made the decision to modify the Saturday banking branch strategy. The plan is to consolidate Saturday banking in 12 offices across the franchise. The change took place in mid-November after proper notification was provided to customers.
26. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
In the course of ordinary business, the Company may, from time to time, be named a party to legal actions and proceedings. In accordance with GAAP, the Company establishes reserves for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and estimable. When loss contingencies are not both probable and estimable, the Company does not establish reserves. There are no material pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or of which any of our properties are the subject.
27. PARTICIPATION IN U.S. TREASURY CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM AND PRIVATE PLACEMENT OF COMMON STOCK
On January 16, 2009, the Company issued 36,000 shares of senior preferred stock, each with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, to the Treasury for $36 million pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). Additionally, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 385,990 shares of common stock to the U.S. Treasury as a condition to its participation in the CPP. The warrant has an exercise price of $13.99 per share, is immediately exercisable and expires 10 years from the date of issuance. Proceeds from this sale of preferred stock were used for general corporate purposes, including supporting the continued growth and lending in the communities served by the Bank. The CPP preferred stock is non-voting, other than having class voting rights on certain matters, and pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% thereafter. The preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the Company under certain circumstances during the first three years and only thereafter without restriction.
In order to determine the relative value of the preferred stock, the present value of the preferred stock cash flows, using a discount rate of 14%, was calculated as $18.2 million. The following table shows the determination of the value attributed to the proceeds of $36 million received for the preferred stock and warrant based on the relative values of each.

125


Table of Contents

YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

 
27. PARTICIPATION IN U.S. TREASURY CAPITAL PURCHASE PROGRAM AND PRIVATE PLACEMENT OF COMMON STOCK (Continued)
Relative Value Calculation
                         
    Fair Value           Relative Value
    (in millions)   Relative Value (%)   (in millions)
NPV of Preferred (14% discount)
    $ 18.2       95.3 %     $ 34.3  
Fair Value of warrants (Black Scholes)
    0.9       4.7 %     1.7  
 
           
Total
    $ 19.1       100.0 %     $ 36.0  
 
           
These common stock warrants have been assigned a fair value of $2.38 per share, or $0.9 million in aggregate as of January 16, 2009. Using a relative fair value allocation approach, $1.7 million was recorded as a discount on the preferred stock and will be accreted as a reduction in the net income available for common shareholders over the next five years at $300,000 to $400,000 per year.
Under the CPP, the Company issued an additional $13.3 million in Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series T-ACB, on July 24, 2009. In addition, the Company issued warrants to the Treasury to purchase 273,534 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $7.30 per share. These warrants are immediately exercisable and expire 10 years from the date of issuance. The preferred stock is non-voting, other than having class voting rights on certain matters, and pays cumulative dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. The preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the Company under certain circumstances during the first three years and only thereafter without restriction.
Relative Value Calculation
                         
    Fair Value           Relative Value
    (in millions)   Relative Value (%)   (in millions)
NPV of Preferred (14% discount)
    $ 6.7       85.9 %     $ 11.4  
Fair Value of warrants (Black Scholes)
    1.1       14.1 %     1.9  
 
           
Total
    $ 7.8       100.0 %     $ 13.3  
 
           
These common stock warrants have been assigned a fair value of $3.97 per share, or $1.1 million in aggregate as of July 24, 2009. Using a relative fair value allocation approach, $1.9 million was recorded as a discount on the preferred stock and will be accreted as a reduction in the net income available for common shareholders over the next five years at $300,000 to $400,000 per year.
As a condition of the CPP, the Company must obtain consent from the U.S. Treasury to repurchase its common stock or to increase its cash dividend on its common stock from the June 30, 2009 quarterly amount. Furthermore, the Company has agreed to certain restrictions on executive compensation. Under the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Company is limited to using restricted stock as the form of payment to the top five highest compensated executives under any incentive compensation programs.

126


Table of Contents

Item 9 — Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A — Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
At the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-14.
Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective (1) to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Securities Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and (2) to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation and assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used the criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. In accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management makes the following assertions:
   
Management has implemented a process to monitor and assess both the design and operating effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.
 
   
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
The Company’s registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this annual report has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

127


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company has evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the fourth quarter of 2010. In connection with such evaluation, the Company has determined that there have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
March 10, 2011
             
/s/ Joseph H. Towell
      /s/ Jan H. Hollar    
 
           
Joseph H. Towell
      Jan H. Hollar    
President and Chief Executive Officer
      Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer    

128


Table of Contents

(DIXON HUGHES LOGO)
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation
Elkin, North Carolina
We have audited Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and subsidiary as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 10, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ Dixon Hughes PLLC
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 10, 2011

129


Table of Contents

Item 9B —Other Information
None.
PART III
Item 10 — Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item appears under the captions “Corporate Governance”, “Executive Compensation and Other Information” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in Yadkin’s proxy statement for its 2011 annual meeting of shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11 — Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 appears under the caption “Proposal No.1 — Election of Directors” and under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information” and “Summary Compensation Table” of the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12 — Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The information required by this Item 12 regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is included in the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
The following table sets forth equity compensation plan information at December 31, 2010.
                         
                    Number of securities
    Number of securities           remaining available for
    to be issued   Weighted-average   future issuance under
    upon exercise of   exercise price of   equity compensation plans
    outstanding options,   outstanding options,   (excluding securities
    warrants and rights   warrants and rights   reflected in column (a))
    (a)   (b)   (c)
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
    421,130       13.42       197,853  
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
  NA     NA     NA  
 
           
Total
    421,130       $ 13.42       197,853  
 
           
A description of Yadkin’s equity compensation plans is presented in Note 12 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Item 13 — Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item 13 is included in the sections captioned “Corporate Governance”, “Proposal No. 1: Election of Directors”, “Family Relationships” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” of the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated by reference.
Item 14 — Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item 14 is included in the section captioned “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

130


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15 — Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a)(1) Financial Statements. The following financial statements and supplementary data are included in Item 8 of this report.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules. All applicable financial statement schedules required under Regulation S-X have been included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a)(3) Exhibits. The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are listed below.
     
Exhibit No.   Description
   
 
Exhibit 2.1  
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation and American Community Bancshares, Inc. dated as of September 9, 2008 (incorporated by reference to 2.1 of the Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2008)
   
 
Exhibit 3.1:  
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Current Report on Form 8K dated July 1, 2006)
   
 
Exhibit 3.2:  
Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Form 8-K filed on December 19, 2008)
   
 
Exhibit 3.3  
Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation establishing the terms of the Series T Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 3.4  
Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Restated Articles of Incorporation establishing the terms of the Series T-ACB Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 4.1:  
Specimen certificate for Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10K for the year ended December 31, 2006)
   
 
Exhibit 4.2  
Form of Series T Preferred Stock Certificate issued to The United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed January 20, 2009)

131


Table of Contents

     
   
 
Exhibit 4.3  
Form of Series T-ACB Preferred Stock Certificate issued to The United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed July 27, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 4.4  
Warrant to Purchase up to 385,990 shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 4.5  
Warrant to Purchase up to 13,312 shares of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 10.1  
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation 1998 Employees Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 8, 2006*
   
 
Exhibit 10.2  
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation 1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 8, 2006)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.3  
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation 1998 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 8, 2006)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.4  
Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation 1998 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed August 8, 2006)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.5  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with William A. Long (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.6  
Retirement and Transition Agreement with William A. Long (attached hereto)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.7  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Joseph H. Towell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2010)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.8  
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Joseph H. Towell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2010)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.9  
Employment Agreement with Jan H. Hollar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K filed June 22, 2010)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.10  
Amendment to Employment Agreement with Jan H. Hollar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 filed November 24, 2010)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.11  
Employment Agreement with William M. DeMarcus (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Form 8-K filed on November 24, 2010)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.12  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Stephen S. Robinson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.13  
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Stephen S. Robinson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Form 8-K filed on August 24, 2010)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.14  
2007 Group Term Carve Out Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)*

132


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 10.15  
Letter Agreement, dated January 16, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 10.16  
Form of Waiver, executed by each of John M. Brubaker, Joe K. Johnson, William A. Long, John W. Mallard, Jr., Edward L. Marxen, Stephen S. Robinson, and Joseph H. Towell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2009)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.17  
Form of Letter Agreement, executed by each of John M. Brubaker, Joe K. Johnson, William A. Long, John W. Mallard, Jr., Edward L. Marxen, Stephen S. Robinson, and Joseph H. Towell with the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2009)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.18  
Letter Agreement, dated July 24, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 10.19  
ARRA Side Letter Agreement, dated July 24, 2009, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009)
   
 
Exhibit 10.20  
Form of Waiver, executed by each of John M. Brubaker, William A. Long, Jan H. Hollar, William M. DeMarcus, John W. Mallard, and Stephen S. Robinson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.21  
Form of Letter Amendment, executed by each of John M. Brubaker, William A. Long, Jan H. Hollar, William M. DeMarcus, John W. Mallard, Jr., and Stephen S. Robinson with the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2009)*
   
 
Exhibit 10.22  
2008 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Form S-8 filed on September 5, 2008).*
   
 
Exhibit 21:  
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
   
 
Exhibit 23:  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
   
 
Exhibit 31.1:  
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
   
 
Exhibit 31.2:  
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
   
 
Exhibit 32:  
Section 1350 Certification
   
 
Exhibit 99.1  
TARP Certification of Chief Executive Officer
   
 
Exhibit 99.2  
TARP Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
*  
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
Copies of exhibits are available upon written request to Corporate Secretary, Yadkin Valley Financial Corporation, P.O. Drawer 888, Elkin, North Carolina 28621.

133


Table of Contents

Signatures
In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
YADKIN VALLEY FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             
By:
  /s/ Joseph H. Towell       Date: March 10, 2011
 
           
 
  Joseph H. Towell        
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer        
 
           
 
           
By:
  /s/ Jan H. Hollar       Date: March 10, 2011
 
           
 
  Jan H. Hollar        
 
  Principal Accounting Officer and Chief Financial Officer        

134


Table of Contents

     In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
     
/s/ Joseph H. Towell
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Joseph H. Towell
   
President, Chief Executive Officer, and Director
   
 
   
/s/ Ralph L. Bentley
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Ralph L. Bentley
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ J. T. Alexander, Jr.
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
J.T. Alexander, Jr.
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Nolan G. Brown
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Nolan G. Brown
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Harry M. Davis
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Harry M. Davis
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Thomas J. Hall
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Thomas J. Hall
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ James A. Harrell, Jr.
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
James A. Harrell, Jr.
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Larry S. Helms
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Larry S. Helms
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Dan W. Hill, III
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Dan W. Hill, III
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Jan H. Hollar
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Jan H. Hollar
   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
 
   
/s/ James L. Poindexter
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
James L. Poindexter
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Morris L. Shambley
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Morris L. Shambley
   
Director
   
 
   
/s / Alison J. Smith
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Alison J. Smith
   
Director
   

135


Table of Contents

     
/s / James N. Smoak
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
James N. Smoak
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ Harry C. Spell
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
Harry C. Spell
   
Director
   
 
   
/s/ C. Kenneth Wilcox
  Date: March 10, 2011
 
C. Kenneth Wilcox
   
Director
   

136